TW310421B - - Google Patents

Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW310421B
TW310421B TW084100693A TW84100693A TW310421B TW 310421 B TW310421 B TW 310421B TW 084100693 A TW084100693 A TW 084100693A TW 84100693 A TW84100693 A TW 84100693A TW 310421 B TW310421 B TW 310421B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
signal
disc
recording
aforementioned
recorded
Prior art date
Application number
TW084100693A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Original Assignee
Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP1994/002304 external-priority patent/WO1995018443A1/en
Application filed by Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd filed Critical Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW310421B publication Critical patent/TW310421B/zh

Links

Description

310451 A7 B7 五、發明説明() <發明之詳细說明> <產蒸上之利用範蠕> 本發明係有闞一種防止複製紀錄媒體之方法及装置, 尤有闞一種具有防止複製機能之光碟、該等光碟之製作方 法及光碟再生方法、再生装置,及光磲原盤之製造方法、k 不法程式動作中止方法者。 <習知技術> 光碟,一般係從原盤,经由主盤、母_、錄轚片製造 撗等順序製作,使用此錄轚片製遺權•籍由射出成型大最 複製而製造者。但亦有從原盤直接製作錄轚片製造模之情 形。光碟原盤,一般係於表面经研磨之坡璃綦板上塗布光 致抗蝕劑•並藉由應記錄之資訊信號所調製強度之s射光 ,對該光致抗蝕劑感光,之後,使之顯像,而形成對應其 感光度之凹凸狀信號或满,或者是凹凸狀信號及满,而製 作出者。以下,將該凹凸狀信號或溝|或者凹凸狀信號及 溝,全部稱呼為信號槽。 第t十四圈所示者為習知之原盤記錄装置之方塊鼸。 有闞焦點控制用之雷射光學系或記錄霤射光學糸之光東擴 大器等係加K省路。第六鼷中,原盤之記錄装置之全體係 M6 1 A表示,1為記錄用雷射,2為光調製器,3為鏡 面,4為鏡頭驅動器,5為塗布有光致抗蝕爾之玻璃板, 6為主軸霣動楗,7為信號源,8為記錄蓴化器(r· e c 〇 r d equalizer)。在信號源7發生之信號 本紙張尺度通用中國國家棵车(CNS ) A4故格(210 X 297公釐) (請先聞積背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂 線 A7 S10421 ___B7_ 五、發明説明() ,藉由記錄等化器8 ,使其脈衡波幡作一定量愛化,接蕃 輸人光調製器2 ,Μ調製從記錄用霤射1射出之霤射光之 強度。該強度被調製之S射光通過鍊面3 ,並通過以鏡頭 驅動器4控制其焦點之鏡頭,使玻璃板5上之光致抗蝕材 料曝光。 光碟之再生装置,係將半導餚β射光集光於光碟之信 號面上,並將來自信號面之反射光之強度,以光拾波器之 光電二極髓等,調^成霄子信號·(此信號稱為R F信號 ),並整形其波形,復還元為數位信號,並冒行數位信號 處理,而再生原信號者。 .、' 苐t十五圖所示者為習知之光碟再生裝置4 7 Α之方 塊圃。第t十五圈中,9為光碟,].0為光拾波器,1 1 為主軸發動機,12A為類比波形整形部· 13為數位復 元部| 14為数位信號處理部,15為控剌部,16為聚 焦伺服部,18為回轉伺服部。1 9A為將RF信號復元 為數位信號之數位信號復元部,2 0A為控剌全艚再生動 作,並控制送出頚示信號给顯示部4 1之控制部。 復元為數位信號前之信號•亦即RF倌號,係具有眼 孔圃樣(eye pat tern)。眼孔圖樣之一倒如 苐t十圖所示。眼孔圓漾之中心與振蝠之中心多少有所偏 移,(稱為:不對稱),即使僅有某程度之儷移,於復元 為數位信號時,則須藉由自動補正限幡回路3 1補正眼制 位準(si ice level) Vs.如第--函之 本紙乐尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x 297公釐) (請先Ms讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ξ • « -- it ί - - - n^—. - I I 1 r i · V ·-» 線--- ^10421 A7 __________B7 _ 五、發明説明() 波形(9 )所示,將自動檢知眼孔鼴嫌之中心電® v s , 而使其可被限幡(s 1 ice)。有關暇孔_樣之中心者 ,請容後述。 通常,為減少再生時之不對稱,於製作原盤時,常會 對原盤施加記錄信號之能率仕之補正。此舉即稱為紀錄等、 化。而記錄等化量,則因紀錄之動力和信號情轉寫時之頚 像條件、再生條件等,其最佳值將有所不同。 又’習知之光碟中,係具有記錄有作為龌輯性之紫止 複製信號之防止複製禰誌之物品者。因此,記錄有防止複 製檷誌信號之光碟,於其記錄再生信號時,若比防止複製 檷誌信號被檢知,則可防止記錄装置貢行再生信號之記錄 。但是’ CD等之ROM磲之再生装置,從來就不具有可 防止或禁止從不法複製媒體中再生之機能。從以往,就一 直發售有1作一次寫人,而Μ平常之再生装置即可再生之 光碟媒鱧。但是,購入該種光碟媒髓,而於該媒髓上實行 市售之正規光碟之複製(copy)時,因其價位將比1 接購入正規光碟為高,或因複製用之寫入装置價格昂貴而 未普及,故幾乎不須要採取對應不法複製之對策。 但是,近年來,光碟變成記錄遊戲等钦體之物品,此 種記錄有遊戧钦逋之市販光碟,因其軟體之附加價值,其 變成比一般市販之音樂用CD ,販資灌格更高方面, 僅寫入一次,而以普通之再生装置即可再生之光磲媒艘之 價格•年年降低。又,原螌製作装置亦漸漸變得容易種得 本紙張尺度通用中國國家櫺準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先M積背&之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線丨 S10421 a? ___B7 _ 五、發明説明() 。在此種狀況下,本來販賣價格基高之光磔片,則會出現 複製反而比較便宜之情形。又,不法複製原盤,而販資海 盗版光碟之櫬會亦增多。在此狀況下,防止襖製之技術被 迫切地須要著。 <發明欲解決之謀题> 本發明之目的在於提供一種具有防止複製襯能之光記 錄媒體、光碟再生裝置、光碟再生方法、光碟原盤之製作 方法及不法程式動作中止方法者。 <解決課题之手段> 本發明係Μ K下之各樣戆埵成上述目的。亦即,作為 第一種樣態,係於光碟上之既定型式之信號之後,設置可 記錄將眼孔圖樣自眼孔波形之振幡中心錯開之信號之領域 ,並附加當再生装置中檢知一定之画樣信號後·即令將R F倌號復元為數位信號時之基值產生變化之機能,以及若 不再生將眼孔圈樣自振幅中心錯開之信號,即停止再生之 機能,而達成其目的者。有鼷眼孔疆樣之中心及振幅之中 心,請容後述。 作為第2種樣態,在上述目的之光碟原盤作成時,或 者光反射膜作成時,籍由在光碟上設置暗號記錄部,以該 暗號記錄部紀錄由抽出原盤或光碟上所形成之光碟之物理 性特徴所得之第1物理持徽貢訊被暗號化後所得之第1暗 號’同時》由在再生装置中附加:以暗號解碼器將自光碟 記錄部所再生出之暗號加κ普通文字化而獲得m 1物理特 本纸法尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2丨0Χ297公釐) (請先閱請背面之注意事項再填寫本I) - I- - - I ...... 1- H I - W3-ί 線-- 310421 A 7 B7五、發明説明() 激資訊之理輯貢料之機能;Μ由测定手段霄燦测定光磔之 物理性特激,以獾得第2物理特徽實訊之機II ;對照實際 測得之第2物理持激資訊與作為正規光碟對照用資料之第 1物理特激資訊之機能;對照不一致時濘止再生之機能, 藉該機能達到前述之目的。 作為第3種樣態,其溪在第2種樣態中,附加使用没 於高反射率之反射膜上之低反射率部之位置賁訊作為上述 第1物理特激資訊之機能,而痤成者。 作為第4棰樣態,其係在第2種樣態中,附加將mi 暗號記錄記於設於碟上之磁性記錄曆之耀能,而達成者。 <作用> 依上述本發明之第一種揉態,從記錄將眼孔圖樣之中 心自振幡中心錯開之信號之領域,κ再生装置再生,並復 元為數位信號之倌號,係為正規之信號,若將後元之信號 記錄於可記錄之光碟媒體,而再生時,_孔圖樣之中心係 被記錄成路接近振幡之中心。為此,若使再生装置,雯化 將RF信號復元為數位信號時 之基值,而再生時,因將 不當作正規信號而再生故,再生將中止,而使被複製之光 碟無法再生,而可防止不法之禊製。 依本發明之第2種樣態,當正規工廠和盗版工廠具有 完全相同之市售之製造裝置時,在正規之碟片工廠中,可 用一般之製造装置·以_挲之製適精度,作成原盤或碟片 ,並以較製埴精度高之測定精度测定物理性持徴,K獾得310451 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () < Detailed description of the invention > < Utilization of steam generation fan > The present invention is a method and device for preventing copying of recording media, especially a method for preventing Duplicate optical discs, methods for making these optical discs, and methods for reproducing optical discs, reproducing devices, and methods for manufacturing original optical discs, and methods for suspending illegal program operations. < Knowledge technology > Optical discs are generally produced from the original disc through the master disc, master disk, and transcripts, etc. The legacy of the transcripts is produced by copying from the injection molding machine. However, there are also cases in which transcripts are made directly from the original disc. The original disc is generally coated with a photoresist on a polished sloped glass plate. The light is modulated by the intensity of the information signal to be recorded, and the photoresist is exposed to light. It is developed by forming a bump signal or full corresponding to its sensitivity, or a bump signal and full. Hereinafter, the uneven signal or groove | or the uneven signal and groove are all called signal grooves. The t 14th circle shows the square block of the conventional original disc recording device. The laser optics used for the focus control of Kan, or the optical amplifier for recording the optical optics, etc. are added to the K provincial road. In the sixth project, the full system M6 1 A of the recording device of the original disc indicates that 1 is the laser for recording, 2 is the light modulator, 3 is the mirror surface, 4 is the lens driver, and 5 is the glass coated with photoresist The board, 6 is the main shaft, the 7 is the signal source, and the 8 is the recording equalizer (r · ec 〇rd equalizer). The paper standard of the signal generated by the signal source 7 is the universal Chinese national car (CNS) A4 format (210 X 297 mm) (please first read the notes on the back of the product and then fill out this page) binding line A7 S10421 ___B7_ 5. Invention Explanation (), by recording the equalizer 8 to make its pulse-balance wave stream a certain amount of love, and then input the light modulator 2 to modulate the intensity of the glare light emitted from the glare 1 for recording. The S light with the modulated intensity passes through the chain surface 3, and the lens whose focus is controlled by the lens driver 4 exposes the photoresist material on the glass plate 5. The regeneration device of the optical disc collects the semi-conducting beta light on the signal surface of the optical disc, and converts the intensity of the reflected light from the signal surface into the light signal of the photodiode of the optical pickup, etc. · (This signal is called RF signal), and shape the waveform, restore the digital signal, and use the digital signal processing to reproduce the original signal. ., 'The fifteenth figure shows the square block garden of the conventional optical disc reproducing device 4 7 Α. In the fifteenth circle of t, 9 is the optical disc,]. 0 is the optical pickup, 1 1 is the spindle motor, 12A is the analog waveform shaping section. 13 is the digital recovery section | 14 is the digital signal processing section, 15 is the control signal Section 16 is the focus servo section and 18 is the rotary servo section. 1 9A is a digital signal restoration unit that restores the RF signal to a digital signal, and 20 A is a control operation for controlling the entire stern regeneration, and controls the control unit to send the display signal to the display unit 41. The complex signal is the signal before the digital signal, that is, the RF signal, which has an eye pat tern. One of the eye pattern is as shown in the ten pictures. The center of the eye's roundness is slightly offset from the center of the vibrating bat, (called: asymmetry), even if there is only a certain degree of shift, when the complex signal is a digital signal, the limiting stream must be corrected automatically 3 1 Correction eye level (si ice level) Vs. As stated in the first letter of the letter-paper standard Chinese standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back of Ms before filling in this Page) ξ • «-it ί---n ^ —.-II 1 ri · V ·-» Line --- ^ 10421 A7 __________B7 _ V. Description of invention () The waveform (9) shows that it will be automatically detected Knowing that the eye-hole mole is suspected to be the central electric ® vs, so that it can be restricted (s 1 ice). Please refer to the details of the center of the hole. Normally, in order to reduce the asymmetry during reproduction, when the original disc is produced, the correction of the energy efficiency of the recording signal is often applied to the original disc. This move is called record equalization. For the record equalization amount, the optimal value will be different due to the recording power and the image condition and reproduction condition at the time of signal transfer. Also, on the conventional disc, there is a copy-preventing article that records a copy signal as a purple copy stop. Therefore, the optical disc on which the copy-prevention signal is recorded can prevent the recording device from recording the reproduced signal if the copy-prevention signal is detected when the reproduction signal is recorded. However, the reproduction device of ROM, such as CD, has never had the function of preventing or prohibiting reproduction from illegal copy media. In the past, there has been one disc-writing media that has been written once, and the usual reproduction device of Μ can be reproduced. However, when purchasing this kind of disc media, and copying a commercially available regular disc on this media, the price will be higher than that of 1 to purchase a regular disc, or the price of the writing device for copying It is expensive and not popular, so it is almost unnecessary to take countermeasures against illegal copying. However, in recent years, optical discs have become objects for recording games and other games. This type of record has been sold to commercial CDs. Because of the added value of its software, it has become a music CD with a higher price than normal commercial players. On the other hand, the price is only written once, and the price of the optical media can be regenerated with ordinary regenerative equipment. In addition, the original production equipment has gradually become easier to grow this paper standard universal China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) (please pay attention to the M &B; then fill out this page)丨 S10421 a? ___B7 _ V. Description of invention (). Under such circumstances, it would be cheaper to copy the light-based film that was originally sold at a high price. In addition, the original discs cannot be copied, and the sales of pirated optical discs will increase. In this situation, the technique of preventing jackets is urgently needed. < Problems to be solved by the invention > An object of the present invention is to provide an optical recording medium, an optical disc reproducing device, an optical disc reproducing method, an optical disc original disc manufacturing method and an illegal program operation suspending method having copy-protection capabilities. < Means for Solving the Problems > The present invention is based on the various objectives under MK to achieve the above object. That is, as the first mode, after the signal of a predetermined type on the disc, a field that can record the signal that staggers the eye pattern from the center of the vibration of the eye hole waveform is set, and it is added to be detected in the regeneration device After a certain sampling signal, the function of changing the base value when the RF signal is restored to a digital signal, and if the signal that staggers the eye circle sample from the center of the amplitude is not reproduced, the function of regeneration is stopped, and its function is achieved. Purpose person. There is the center of the eye-like hole and the center of the amplitude, please describe it later. As a second aspect, when the original disc of the above purpose is created, or when the light reflecting film is made, a secret number recording section is provided on the disc, and the secret number recording section records the disc formed by extracting the original disc or the disc. The 1st cipher code obtained by the physical characteristics of the first physical emblem of the tribute, which was secretly coded at the same time, is added to the reproduction device: the cipher code reproduced from the disc recording unit is added to the κ ordinary text with a cipher decoder Obtain the m 1 physical special paper method standard General Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2 丨 0Χ297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this I)-I---I ... .. 1- HI-W3-ί line-310421 A 7 B7 V. Description of invention () The function of organizing the information of the exciting information; Μ The physical characteristics of the light can be measured by the measurement method Xiao Can to obtain the badger The second physical special symbol information machine II; comparing the actual measured second physical stimulation information with the function of the first physical special shock information as the regular disc control data; comparing the function of stopping regeneration when they are inconsistent, use this The function can achieve the aforementioned purpose. As the third aspect, Qixi in the second aspect, additionally uses the position of the low-reflectivity portion that is not on the high-reflectivity reflective film as the function of the first physical extreme information, and ac Successor. As the fourth aspect, it is the second aspect, and it is achieved by additionally recording the shining energy of the magnetic record set on the disc by recording the mi secret number. < Function > According to the first rubbing state of the present invention described above, from the field of recording the signal staggering the center of the eye pattern from the center of the vibrating stream, the kappa regenerative device reproduces it and restores it to the digital signal number, which is The normal signal, if the signal of the latter element is recorded on a recordable optical disc medium, and during reproduction, the center of the _hole pattern is recorded as the way close to the center of the Zhenwa. For this reason, if the reproduction device restores the RF signal to the base value of the digital signal, and when reproducing, it will not be reproduced as a normal signal, so the reproduction will be stopped, so that the copied disc cannot be reproduced, and Can prevent unlawful treatment. According to the second aspect of the present invention, when a regular factory and a pirated factory have identical commercially available manufacturing devices, in a regular disc factory, a general manufacturing device can be used to make it with appropriate precision The original disc or disc, and the physical accuracy is measured with a measurement accuracy higher than the production accuracy, K badger

ml fm. -- I {請先Mt#背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) un 1^1 =- - 11..... ml · -i ...... .- _ -- - SI - — 一 i 線 本紙法尺度通用中8國家樣车(CNS〉A4規格(210X 297公釐; S10421 五、發明説明() A7 B7 代表碟片之物理性特激之第1物理特識貢訊,並以密碼將 第1物理特徽資訊晻號化,而預先紀錄於碟片之暗號記錄 部。在盜版磲片之製造工廠,即使其具有相闻之製埴装置 ,但測定精度常較製造糨度為高。因此,Μ相問装置,欲 以測定精度複製第1物理特澈係不可能。又,因具有密碼、 ,玟無法不法變更第1暗號g卩對類用資訊之第1物理特激 霣訊。如此,無法複製出相同之碟片。一方面,再生裝置 將從此暗號記錄部中再生暗號,並使用公開碼將第1物理 特激資訊普通文字化。同時,使用测定手段·測定對應碟 片之物理特激,即第2物理符黻資訊。Μ對照手段對照用 之第1物理特激資訊及测得之第2物理特激資訊,而僅在 滿足特定闞係時視為正規磲片而再生,不一致時則判定非 正規碟片,而Μ再生停止手段停止再生、輸出等輸作,Μ 防止盗版碟片之不法使用。 本發明之第3種樣態之作用,*本上與第2種櫬懸相 同’在正規之碟片工廠,以設於磲片上之低反射部之位置 賁訊作為第1物理特激貢訊,在再生装置,以主信號再生 用之光績頭檢知低反射部之位置,Μ判別其為盗版碟片或 正規碟片。第4種懞態之作用基本上與第2種及第3.種揉 態相同,其僅在光碟上設置磁性記錄部作為晴號記錄部之 點不同。 <跚面之簡粟說明> 第一圖為本發明第一實施例中之主盤記錄機装置之方瑰圈 -9 - 本紙乐尺度通用中國國家標李·( CMS ) Α4規格(2 1 Ο X 297公釐) {請先:8讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)ml fm.-I (please pay attention to the back of Mt # before filling out this page) un 1 ^ 1 =--11 ..... ml · -i ...... .- _--SI -— I-line paper method standard general-purpose 8 national prototypes (CNS> A4 specification (210X 297 mm; S10421 V. Invention description)) A7 B7 represents the first physical special tribute of the physical special excitement of the disc , And the first physical special emblem information is secretly coded with a password, and is pre-recorded in the secret code recording part of the disc. In the piracy production factory, even if it has a similar production device, the measurement accuracy is often better than the manufacturing The degree of embedding is high. Therefore, it is impossible for the M interrogation device to copy the first physical special Che system with measurement accuracy. Moreover, because of the password,, Min ca n’t illegally change the first cipher number g. Extraordinary news. In this way, the same disc cannot be reproduced. On the one hand, the reproducing device will reproduce the secret number from the secret number recording part, and use the public code to convert the first physical special information to ordinary text. At the same time, use the measuring method · Measure the physical stimulus of the corresponding disc, that is, the second physical symbol information. Μ control means control the first object used Extraordinary information and the measured second physical extreme information, only when a specific system is satisfied, it is regarded as a regular disc and is reproduced. If it is inconsistent, it is judged as an irregular disc, and the M reproduction stop means stops input such as reproduction and output. To prevent unauthorized use of pirated discs. The role of the third aspect of the present invention is essentially the same as the second type of suspension. In a regular disc factory, the low-reflection part on the disc As the first physical extraordinary tribute, the position information is used to detect the position of the low reflection part with the optical head for the main signal reproduction in the reproduction device, and M judges it to be a pirated disc or a regular disc. The function is basically the same as the second and third kneading states, except that the magnetic recording part is provided on the disc as the sunny part recording part. ≪ A brief description of the staggered face > The first picture is Square Rose Ring-9 of the main disk recorder device in the first embodiment of the invention-The standard of the paper music standard General Chinese National Li · (CMS) Α4 specification (2 1 Ο X 297 mm) {Please first: 8 read the back (Notes and then fill this page)

310421_五、發明説明() 圖310421_V. Description of the invention () Figure

圖址-1 二化位-> 第變之 S a b 之 1 時之 錄上 記磲 之光 中中 例洌 疵腌 實實 1 I 第同 間為 為} 閭 時 之 度 速 Γη 2Figure address-1 binarization bit- > the first change of S a b at the time of the 1st record of the light of the middle of the middle of the case of the imperfection and the real 1 I the same time is} the speed of the time when 闾 Γη 2

S 時 z 碟。 光 疆 中意 例示 施之 實置 _ 位 同址 為位 } 之 C 時 ( S ;\ 圖m 置4 m 2 ί 翻理 圃置物 三 配之 第理址 物位 之 之 址 D 位 C 之之 D 製 C 複 之法 規不 正之 之中 中 洌 例施 施買 實 | - 同 第為 同 } 為 b /t\ \1/ aί _ 丨圓係 圖係闞 四闞之 第之間 置} 配a 間時間 時及時 及號及 衝信訊 脈置資 轉位址 回理位 之物之 磲之中 光中洌 之洌施 中施買 例實一 拖 I 第 實第同 1 同為 第為丨 同 } C 為 b ί 明 說 之 里 TJ 原 製 複 止 防 之 D C 之 中 例 施 霣1 第 〇 同 圈為 係圖 關五 之第 程 。 流 _ 之 塊蛋 方檢 之之 置碟 装光 生製 再複 錄法 記不 之之 中中 例例 施施 實實 _ -第第 同同 為為 圖圈 六 t Μ 第S time z disc. In Guangjiang, it is the example of the actual implementation of Shi _ with the same address as the bit} C (S; \ figure m set 4 m 2 ί the location of the third logical location of the three-folding of the Li Pui Garden D D of the C Among the laws and regulations that are not correct in the C system, the implementation of the law is a matter of practice |-the same as the same}} b / t \ \ 1 / aί _ Time, time, time, and the letter and the letter of the letter, the capital, the transposition, the address, the position of the management, the middle of the light, the middle, the middle, the middle, the middle, the middle, the middle, the middle, the first, the first, the same, the same, the same, the first, the same, the same. C is b ί Ming Shuo Li TJ's original DC system for preventing and resuming the middle of the case Shi Yi 1 The 0th circle is the first pass of the Fifth Pass. The _ block egg is squarely placed on the disc and the photo is made again. Among the recording methods, the examples in the middle of Shi Shi Shi Shi _-the first is the same as the picture circle six t Μ

A 程圖 第工九 ο 之 第 圖 b c (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .I 1 -II I --- - - »—- —入 1裝 、11 a b 為為為為 D C 之 ·’ 碼 画 號 視 D 上 *—' C 之 錄圖櫬 記程磁 之 Η 蕃 Φ· 之之 例 D 中 腌 C 例 竄之施 I 知買 第習 _ 同為第 為 } 同 ; 大 麵擴 視视 側側 之之 機櫬 磁磁 蕃著 之 之 中中 ftf 施施 實貿 1 -第第 同 同 十 第 画圈 塊理 方原 之之 櫬入 磁輸 蕃碼 之號 中D 例 I 疵之 S 中 - 例 第施 同》 永紙張尺度過用申國國家標隼(CNS ) Α4規格(2i〇X 297公釐) A7 _ B7 五、發明説明() 第十一鼴(a)為同第一實施例中之定線速度時之線速度 一時間圖; (b )為同第一實施例中之線速度變更時之線邇 度一時間圈; (c )為同第一實施例中之一定婊邂度時之位址-之物理配置圖; (d)為同第一實施例中之線速度變化時之位址 之物理配置。j 第十二圈(a)為同第一實施例中之正規原盤之斷面圈; (b) 為同第一實施例中之正規成形磔片之斷面圓; (c) 為同第一S施例中之不法禊製之原盤之斷面圏; (d) 為同第一S施例中之不法複製之成形碟片之斷面鼴 〇 第十三画為同第一簧施例中之C D作成櫬和記錄再生装置 之方塊圖。 第十四圖為同第一實施例中之流程画。 第十五圖為同第一買施洌中之光磲原盤之位址之配置画。 第十六圖為同第一實施例中之記錄再生装置之方塊圖。 第十t圖(a)為同第一實施例中之不法碟片之斷面圈; (b )為同第一S施例中之正規碟片之斷面圈; (c) 為同第一S施例中之光再生信號之波肜圈; (d) 為同第一實施例中之數位信號之波形圃; (e) 為同第一買施例中之包絡線之波形画; -1 1 ~ 本紙法尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4现格(210X 297公釐) (請先Mlt背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ____i 裝--A. The first picture of the first drawing of the program bc (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). I 1 -II I -----»—- —Into 1 pack, 11 ab is considered to be DC The code of the code is based on D ** ', the record of C is the example of the Η ΦΦ of Cheng Ci, the example of D is marinated C, the example of channeling I, I know the first _ the same is the first} same; big; The machine of the magnifying view of the side is in the middle of the writing of the magnetic magnetic fan ftf Shi Shi Shimao 1-the first and the same tenth circle of the square block The original of the square is entered in the number of the magnetic input code D Example I Defective S Medium-Example No. Shi Tong "Permanent paper standard use Shenguo National Standard Falcon (CNS) Α4 specification (2i〇X 297 mm) A7 _ B7 V. Description of invention () Eleventh Mole (a) It is the same time as the linear velocity in the first embodiment of the fixed linear velocity-time chart; (b) is the same as the linear velocity in the first embodiment when the line speed changes a time circle; (c) is the same as the first implementation The physical configuration diagram of the address at a certain bitch in the example; (d) is the physical configuration of the address when the linear velocity changes in the first embodiment. j The twelfth circle (a) is the same as the cross-section circle of the regular original disk in the first embodiment; (b) is the same as the cross-section circle of the regular shaped slab in the first embodiment; (c) is the same as the first The cross-section of the original disc in the S embodiment that is unlawful; (d) The cross-section of the shaped disc that was illegally copied in the first S embodiment. The thirteenth painting is in the first spring embodiment. The CD is made into a block diagram of the recording and reproducing device. Figure 14 is the same as the flow chart in the first embodiment. The fifteenth picture is the configuration drawing of the location of the original disk of Shiguang Zhongshi. Figure 16 is a block diagram of the recording and reproducing apparatus in the first embodiment. The tenth t figure (a) is the cross-section circle of the illegal disc in the first embodiment; (b) is the cross-section circle of the regular disc in the first S embodiment; (c) is the same as the first S The wave circle of the light regeneration signal in the embodiment; (d) is the waveform garden of the digital signal in the first embodiment; (e) is the waveform drawing of the envelope in the first embodiment; -1 1 ~ The scale of this paper is applicable to China National Standard Rate (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) (please pay attention to the back of Mlt before filling this page) ____i

-1T ^—tn n^i^l #nm nnn 1ϋ 310421五、發明説明() 十十匪 第第置 1 ν為為 第§ ) 同@不 a 為( > 画画 f-- f }八 九-1T ^ —tn n ^ i ^ l #nm nnn 1ϋ 310421 V. Description of the invention () The tenth bandit first place 1 ν as the §) Same as @ 不 a 为 (> Painting f-- f) Eight nine

表 。 置 圓^~配 形理 3yf ^ 波'·^.物 之 iH 號^磲 信_ \i/ b 一 ( 先 之 心 臑 具 之 中 例 施 實 i 第 同 為 置 配 址 位 之 圖 丨圈 圖意 十示 二 之 第量 泣 變 跡 循 之 片 磔 規 正 之 中 tfny 伊 施 實 - 第 同 為 化 變 跡 循 之 片 0 之 製 複 法 不 之 , 中 例 腌 霣 1 第 同 〇 為II } 意 b 示. ί 之 量 麗 示 Ζ•’ η 圓 Α 意 址示 位之 之 η 中 Ζ 例度 施角 實之 1 中 第例 同腌 為霣 )1 a 第 ί 同 画為 I ) 十 b二 ί 第 ; ; 意 画示 意之 示 η 之 D η 度 Τ 深 量權 跡號 循倌 之之 中中 例例 施疵 簧寶 1 1 第第 同 同 為為 c d 及 度 深 馕 號 信 及 出 0 对 I 霪 之 中 jsrr 伊 施 實 1 ο 第圖 同意 為 示 圖之 二 號 十信 二 生 第再 第意 同示 為之 圖果 三效 + 製 二 複 第止 防 之 置 装 成 作 盤 原 各 對 針 之 中 例 施 實 (請先Μ讀背面之注龙事項再填萬本頁) —裝 ,11 第第 第第第 同同 同同同 為為 為為為 圖圖圖圖圖 四五六 t 八 十十 十十十 二 二 二二二 第第第 第第 塊塊 方方 之之 置置 装装 成成 作作 盤盤 原原 之之 中中 «nj 傻ff 施施 實簧 圈画圖 BHV RMe JQP 拽谀 熵 方方方 之之之 置置置 裝装装 成成成 作作作 "鏺" «3 β^Λ fly 原原 原 之之之 中中中 例例例 施筢施 蓠貢寶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X 297公釐) A7 _____B7___ 五、發明説明() 第二十九匯為同第一實施例中之原盤作成系统之全體方塊 圃。第三十圖(a)為同第一買疵例中之S射輸出之波形 圖;(b)為同第一實施例中之雪射輸出之波形驅; (c) 為同第一賞施例中之碁板之斷面圈; (d) 為同第一例中之蕕板之斷面画; (e )為同第一實施例中之成形碟片之斷面圖。 第三十一圃為同第一簧施洌中之霤射記錄輪出及再生信號 之關係圖。 第三+二画為同第一簧施例中之原盤作成之工程圃。 第三十三圔(a)為同第一霣施例中之作成原盤之上視圈 ;(b)為同第一實施例中之原盤及沖壓愼具之横斷面_ 。有關之腰部伸縮播造之實施例。 第三十四画為同第一實施例中之原盤作成之工程画。 第三十五圈(a)為同第一實施例中之作成原盤之上視疆 ;(b)為同第一寶施例中之原盤和沖懕摸具之横斷面騮 。第三十六圈為第一實施例中之原盤作成及記錄媒體製造 之工程之流程麵。 第三十七圖為第一實施例中之碟片檢査方式之流程圈。 第三十八圈為第一實施例中之磲片作成之方塊圖。 第三十九麵為第一實施例中之低反射部位置檢知部之方塊 圖。 第四十圈為第一實施例中之記錄再生装置之方塊圖。 第四十一_ (a)為第一實疵例中之碟片之上視圈; -1 3 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家#準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先M请背»之ii.意事項再填寫本頁) 1 …-I I- - I.....I ml 一.一*I -..... .. _ - I ίJ -^°务 310421 A7 B? 五、發明说明() (b) 為第一*施例中之磲片之上現圃; (c) 為第一實施例中之碟片之上視圓; (d )為第一霣胨例中之碟片之横斷面麵; (e )為第一實施洌中之再生信號之波形圈。 苐四十二圖為第一寶蔽例中之低反射部之位址、時鏞位置 檢知之原理圔。第四十三圈為第一竄施例中之正規碟Η和 複製碟片之低反射部位址表之比較讕。第四十四画為第~ S施例中之藉由簞^向函數,實行碟片之對照之流程圖。 第四十五圖為第一實拖例中之各原盤之位址之座摞位置比 較画。 < 第四十六m為第一簧施例中之低反射位置檢知程式之流程 圖0 第四十t_為第一s施例中之低反射部之製造法之工程画 。第四十八圖為第一*施例中之低反射部之製造法之工程 圈。第四十九圖為第一實施例中之低反射部之製造法之工 程圚。第五十圖為第一實施例中之低反射部之製造法之工 程圖。第五十一圖為第一實施例中之碟片之上視画。第五 十二圈為第一實施例中之原版暗號之賣料構造疆3第五十 三跚為第一霣施例中之物理生成曬。第五十四画為M —實 施洌中之藉由錯誤C P苻號|檢知瓒製之原理_。 第五十五圈為第一蓠施例中之藉由E FM專利符號,檢知 禊製之原理驪。 第五十六圖為第一實施例中防止襦製用E F Μ調製表之示 -1 4 - 尺度遴用中國國家標革(CNS ) Α4規格(2丨0X297公i~7 ' (請先Μ7#背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本頁) C —装— 訂 1_ί A7 B7 五、發明説明() 意_。 第五十ir麵為第一霣施例中之複數涵次_號鏞碼器之選擇 方式之流程疆。 第五十八圖為第一實施例中之許可安裝方式之流程画。 第五十''九黼為第一實_例中之使用光擧記號之防止複製方、 式之碟片之原理圖。 第六十画為第一實施例中之光碟之低反射部之製造工程麵 。第六十一圖為第1實施例中之光磲之第一低反射部及第 二低反射部之製造工程圆。 第六十二圖(a)為第一實胨例中之偏離磁道式之記錄再 生装置之方塊圖; (b)為第一實施例中之漏離磁道式之儸離磁道狀態之循 跡圖。 (c)為第一實施例中之偏雛磁道式之《鏞磁道狀態 之循跡圈。 第六十三圈為第一實施例中之角度配置撿知方式和偏雛磁 道信號方式之組合之防止複製方式之原理圖。 第六十四圈(a)為第一實施例中CD之禰鐘面之異物配 置之上視圖; (b)為第一實施例中之顯示部中之CD顯示狀態示m 圖。第六十五圈為第一霣疵例中之顯示部之錯纊訊息之顯 示狀S跚。 第六十六圖為第一霣疵例中之淸掃指示之流程圖。 -1 5 - 本紙汝尺度通用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4«L格(210X 297公釐) (請先K1讀背面之注意事項再填寫本I)Table. Set circle ^ ~ Matching principle 3yf ^ wave '· ^. The iH number of the object ^ 磲 信 _ \ i / b one (the first heart in the middle of the case to implement the i i the same is the figure of the set address 丨 circle The picture shows the tenth volume of the second volume and the apodization of the film in the regulation of tfny Ishishi-the same as the change of the apodization of the film 0. The system is not the same, the middle case is pickled 1 The same 〇 is II } Meaning b shows. The amount of Li shows z • 'η circle A means the location of η in the middle of the Z example of the angle of the angle 1 of the first example is the same as the pickled 霣) 1 a the same picture is I) ten b 二 ί ;; the schematic drawing shows the η of D η degrees Τ deep weight trace number in the middle of the case of the example of improper spring Bao 1 1 the same is the same as cd and degree deep naan letter and Out of 0 jsrr Ishishi 1 in the 霪, the first picture agrees to the second picture, the tenth letter, the second life, the second is the same as the picture, the third effect + the second and the second defense The original examples of the needles are implemented (please read the note on the back of the dragon before filling in this page) — installed, 11th, the first, the same The same thing is the same. For the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, the picture, and the picture)中 中 «nj 傻 ff Shi Shishi coil drawing BHV RMe JQP Drag the entropy of the square and the square and place it and install it into a masterpiece " 鏺 "« 3 β ^ Λ fly original original Among the original, the middle and middle cases, examples, and examples, Shi Shi, Shi Gong, Gong Bao, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X 297mm) A7 _____B7___ V. Invention description () The entire block garden of the original disk making system as in the first embodiment. Figure 30 (a) is the same as the S-shot output waveform in the first purchase defect example; (b) is the same as the snow shot output waveform drive in the first embodiment; (c) is the same as the first reward The cross-section circle of the 碁 板 in the example; (d) is the cross-sectional drawing of the Shan board in the first example; (e) is the cross-sectional view of the shaped disc in the first embodiment. The thirty-first garden is a diagram showing the relationship between the shot-out recording and the regeneration signal of the first spring. The third + second painting is an engineering nursery made with the original plate in the first spring example. Thirty-third 圔 (a) is the same as the first eye made in the first embodiment of the original disc; (b) is the same as the first embodiment of the original disc and the stamping cross-section _. Related to the embodiment of waist expansion and contraction. The thirty-fourth painting is an engineering painting made with the original disk in the first embodiment. The thirty-fifth circle (a) is the same as the original plate made in the first embodiment, and (b) is the cross section of the original plate and the flushing tool in the first treasure example. The thirty-sixth circle is the process flow of the process of creating the original disc and manufacturing the recording medium in the first embodiment. Figure 37 is a flowchart of the disc inspection method in the first embodiment. The thirty-eighth circle is a block diagram of the shim piece in the first embodiment. The thirty-ninth plane is a block diagram of the position detection section of the low reflection section in the first embodiment. The fortieth circle is a block diagram of the recording and reproducing apparatus in the first embodiment. Forty-first _ (a) is the upper view circle of the disc in the first example of actual defects; -1 3-This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard #CN (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) (please first M Please recite »ii. Concerning matters and then fill out this page) 1… -I I--I ..... I ml 1.I * I -...... _-I ίJ-^ ° 务 310421 A7 B? Fifth, the description of the invention () (b) is the current nursery above the disc in the first embodiment; (c) is the circle of sight above the disc in the first embodiment; (d) is the first The cross-section of the disc in the case of Encyclopedia; (e) is the wave circle of the reproduced signal in the first implementation. Figure 42 shows the principle of detection of the location and time position of the low reflection part in the first example. The forty-third circle is the comparison between the address list of the low-reflection part of the regular disc H and the duplicate disc in the first channel embodiment. The forty-fourth drawing is a flow chart of the comparison of the discs by the function of the direction in the first ~ S embodiment. The forty-fifth picture is a comparison of the seat stack position of each original disk in the first real drag example. < The forty-sixth m is the flow of the low-reflection position detection program in the first spring embodiment. FIG. 40 The t-th is an engineering drawing of the manufacturing method of the low-reflection portion in the first s embodiment. The forty-eighth figure is the engineering circle of the manufacturing method of the low reflection part in the first embodiment. The forty-ninth figure is the engineering diagram of the method for manufacturing the low-reflection part in the first embodiment. Fig. 50 is a process diagram of the manufacturing method of the low reflection portion in the first embodiment. The fifty-first picture is a top view drawing of a disc in the first embodiment. Fifty-second circle is the selling structure of the original code in the first embodiment. 3rd fifty-third is the physical generation in the first embodiment. The fifty-fourth painting is M—Implementation of the principle of error-making by the wrong CP_ 註 号. Fifty-fifth circle is the first Li embodiment, with the E FM patent symbol, to detect the principle of the system. The fifty-sixth figure is the first embodiment of the EF Μ modulation table used to prevent underlaying. 1 4-Standard selection China National Standard Leather (CNS) Α4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 public i ~ 7 '(please first Μ7 #Note on the back Ϋ Item and then fill out this page) C — 装 — 定 1_ί A7 B7 Fifth, the description of the invention () Italian _. The 50th ir face is the complex number of the first example of the _ 镛 codec The process of selecting the method. The fifty-eighth figure is the flow of the method of permission installation in the first embodiment. The fiftieth "ninth" is the method of preventing copying using the light lifting symbol in the first example. The principle diagram of the disc. The sixtyth drawing is the manufacturing engineering surface of the low reflection part of the optical disc in the first embodiment. The sixty-first picture is the first low reflection part and the first part of the light beam in the first embodiment. 2. The manufacturing process circle of the low reflection part. Figure 62 (a) is a block diagram of the off-track recording and reproducing device in the first example; (b) is the leaking track type in the first embodiment Tracking diagram of the off-track state. (C) is the tracking track of the "yong track state" of the partial track type in the first embodiment. The sixty-third ring is the first The principle diagram of the combination of the angle configuration detection method and the partial track signal method in the embodiment to prevent the copy method. The sixty-fourth circle (a) is the top view of the foreign object configuration of the clock face of the CD in the first embodiment (B) shows the CD display status of the display unit in the first embodiment. The 65th circle is the display state of the error message of the display unit in the first example of the first defect. Figure 6 is the flow chart of the sweeping instructions in the first example of the defect. -1 5-This paper is based on the general Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 «L grid (210X 297mm) (please note the back of K1 first Fill in this matter I)

310421 a7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明() 第六十t_為第一實施例中之以刻權製埴條肜碼之製埴工 程圖。第六十八圖為第一實施例中之第一反射臢及第二反 射膜之製埴工程驅。第六十九画為本發明之光碟再生装置 之第二實施例之構成之方塊画。 第七十圔為光碟之通常無鼹移之釅孔麵樣之一例之示意驪 。第七十一圔為第二實施例中之赋與光碟偏移之場合之眼 孔圖樣之一例之示意疆。 .,•八- 第七十二圆為第二實施例中之記錄動力及記錄等化量所 產生之不對稱之變化画。 第七十三圖為第二實施例申之光碟原盤之記錄装置之一 例之構成之方塊画。Mt十四圓為習知之光磔原盤之記錄 装置之構成方塊画。第七十五圖為習知之光碟再生装置之 構成方塊圖。 第t十六圖為本發明之光記錄媒鰭之第二實施例之光碟上 之記錄信號之說明圖。 第七十七A圖及第t十ΪΒ黼分别為第二實施例中之防止 複製動作之程式之流程圖之前半部及後半部。 第七十八圔為第二蓠施例中之C P倌號配置資訊之四個記 錄方法之說明圖。 第t十九圈為第二實施例中之使用睹號Μ實行碟片對照 之流程圖。第八十圈為第二實施例中之變化脈衡幡度及霄 射動力之場合之僱移霣壓之波形_。第八+ — Α圈及第八 十一 B·為第二霣施例中之原盤製作装置(主盤記錄櫬) -1 6 - 本紙ft尺度遘用中國國冢揉* ( CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先K1讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)310421 a7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention () The 60th t_ is the manufacturing engineering drawing of the engraved weight system in the first embodiment. The 68th figure shows the manufacturing process of the first reflective film and the second reflective film in the first embodiment. The sixty-ninth drawing is a block drawing of the configuration of the second embodiment of the optical disc reproducing device of the present invention. The seventieth image is a typical example of a disc with a hole-free pattern that usually does not move. The seventy-first circle is a schematic illustration of an example of an eye pattern in the case where the disc is shifted in the second embodiment. ., • Eight-The seventy-second circle is a picture of the asymmetry change caused by the recording power and the recording equalization amount in the second embodiment. Figure 73 is a block diagram showing the structure of an example of a recording device of an optical disc original in the second embodiment. Mt fourteen circles is a block diagram of the conventional recording device of the original disc. Figure 75 is a block diagram of a conventional optical disc reproduction device. Figure 16 is an explanatory diagram of a recording signal on the optical disc of the second embodiment of the optical recording medium fin of the present invention. The seventy-seventh figure A and the t-th ΪΒ 黼 are the first half and the second half of the flowchart of the program for preventing copying in the second embodiment, respectively. Seventy-eighth is an explanatory diagram of the four recording methods of the C P number configuration information in the second embodiment. The nineteenth circle is a flow chart of disc matching using the serial number M in the second embodiment. The eightyth circle is the waveform of the shifting pressure in the case of changing the pulse balance and the shooting power in the second embodiment. Eighth + — Circle A and 81st B. The original disc making device in the second embodiment (the master disc record) -1 6-This paper ft scale is used in China National Mound * (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back of K1 before filling this page)

A7 B.7 五、發明説明( Λ. t 及再生 第八十 二分釗 第 用饮I* 止複製 理圈。 位址之 之藉由 ;(b 度配置 時間分 )為第 資訊方 實施例 後半部 第八十 之方塊 第八十 光碟動 <第 第A7 B.7 V. Description of the invention (Λ. T and the reproduction of the eighty-second minute I use the first drink I * to stop copying the circle. The passing of the address; (b degree configuration time minute) is the embodiment of the information party The second half of the 80th square, 80th CD-ROM <

Μ或C 装置( 二Α匾 記錄方 八十三 之流程 之原理 第八十 座播 時間分 )為第 質訊方 割之偏 二寶施 法之波 中之對 記錄再 及第八 式之工 匾為第 _ °第 圖;( 五疆為 -. 配置圃 剌之偏 二實施 法之波 移信號 例中之 形圖。 原盤記 生装置 十二B 程晒之 二實施 八十四 b )為 —實 。第八 移信號 例中之 形麵; 之再度 藉由時 第八十 錄偏移 )之方 圓為第 前半部 例中之 圔(a 第一實 施例中 十六麵 之再度 籙由時 (c ) 配置黄 間分割 t A麵 C P信 塊漏之 二實腌 及後半 装有防 )為第 疵例中 之經测 (a ) 配置檢 間分割 為第二 訊方法 之偏移 及第八 號之流 —部0 例中之 部0 止拷貝 二1施 之防止The Μ or C device (the principle of the process of recording the eighty-third plaque of the eighth plaque for the eightyth broadcast time) is the second record of the second-party casting method of the second party and the eighth type of work plaque. It is the _ ° th figure; (Five Xinjiang is-. The shape diagram in the example of the wave shift signal of the implementation of the partial bias of the nursery. The original disk recording device twelve B process sun two implementation eighty four b) is- real. The shape of the eighth shifted signal; the square circle in the first half of the example is the square circle in the first half of the example (a) The recurrence of the sixteen faces in the first embodiment (c) Configure the yellow space division t A side CP letter block leakage of the second real pickle and the second half are equipped with anti-)) is the test in the first defect example (a) Configure the inspection room division to the second signal method offset and the eighth flow —Part 0 In the case of Part 0, stop copying 2 and prevent from applying 1

定之C 為第二 知方法 之懾移 實施例 之波形 信號之Let C be the waveform signal of the second known deterrent embodiment

十t B 程醒之 八圖為本發明之光磲再生裝置之第三實施例之構成 圖。 九Α圖及第八十九Β画為第三實腌例中之防止複製 作程式之流程圖之前半部及後半部。 一實施例> —霣施例中所示者為從不法禊製之CD、CDRO D - ROM中,對正規数目Μ上之個人霉腦,拷貝 -1 7 - —片原盤 程式之懕 例中之防 複製之原 D原盤之 實施例中 之波形圖 信號之再 中之鞴由 醒;(d 再度配置 圖為Μ二 前半部及 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Ten t B Cheng Xing's eight figure is a configuration diagram of a third embodiment of the optical regeneration device of the present invention. Figure 9A and drawing 89 are the first half and the second half of the flowchart of the program for preventing copying in the third example. One embodiment >-The example shown in the embodiment is a CD, CDRO D-ROM that has never been produced by law, for a regular number of individual moldy brains, copy -1 7--an example of the original program The anti-copying of the original D original disk in the embodiment of the waveform diagram signal is again in the wake of the signal; (d again the configuration diagram is the first half of M and (please read the precautions on the back and fill this page)

本紙張尺度通用中國國家標车(CNS ) Α4规格(2!0X 297公釐) 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 程式時之防止方法。苜先,茲先詳逑有翮設有密碼鍵等之 記錄多數程式之C D R 0M等之光碟之特定程式鍵之解除 方法。如第五十九圓所示,該C D因採用本發明之光碟拷 貝防止方式’ Si無法複製CD。又,CD之光舉記號部3 87中_,針對不同之CD,記錄有不同之ID N 0 · 〇 、 藉由發光部3 8 6 a和受光部3 8 6 b所组成之光感應 器386,讀取例如” 2043 1 200 1”等之賁料, 並將之輸入CPU"之E懦體中之鍵管理表404之Di s kid no. (OPT)。通常此方法雖行得通,惟光 學記號係為不法複製業者藉由印廟镢即可襯製者。為提齑 其防止複製之功能,如前述,設置由鐡鋇氣體所製成之4 OOOOe等之非常高He之高He部40 1 ,而在工場 作磁性用之ID NO. (Mag)資料〃 205162 ”之磁性記錄。此資料之再生,因可藉由通常之磁頭再生 故,故可输入键管理表404之Disk IDNo.( M a g )之項目中。 如第八圖(a)之ID No .之工程画所示,藉由 使用第九圖所示之著磁機540 ,對媒體2記錄I D N 〇·之工程僅在一秒鐮以下。此蕃磁機540 ,如第九疆 (a ) ' ( b )所示,保為環狀,復如第九_之(c )、 (d)所示,具有襖數個蕃磁極542a〜f ,其分別捲 設有線圈545 a〜f 。來自著磁霣流發生器54 3之電 流,藉由霣流方向切換器544 ·任意之電流將流入線圈 -1 8 - 尽紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CMS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事磺再填寫本頁) -----^—裝--This paper standard uses the China National Standard Vehicle (CNS) Α4 specification (2! 0X 297mm) 310421 A7 B7 5. Invention description () The method of prevention during the program. First, here is the detailed release method of the specific program key of the CD-ROM, such as CD R 0M, which records most programs. As shown in the fifty-ninth circle, the CD cannot copy the CD due to the disc copy prevention method of the present invention. In addition, in the CD light lifter 3 87, for different CDs, different IDs N 0 ·· 0 are recorded. A light sensor 386 composed of a light-emitting part 3 8 6 a and a light-receiving part 3 8 6 b , Read the material such as "2043 1 200 1", and enter it into the Di s kid no. (OPT) of the key management table 404 in the E body of the CPU ". Usually this method works, but the optical symbol is the one that can be copied by the illegal copying industry through the seal of the temple. In order to improve its function of preventing copying, as mentioned above, a high He section 40 1 of very high He, such as 4 OOOOe made of barium barium gas, is provided, and ID NO. (Mag) data for magnetic use in the factory 205162 "magnetic record. The data can be regenerated by the normal magnetic head, so it can be entered in the Disk IDNo. (Mag) item of the key management table 404. As shown in the eighth figure (a) ID No. As shown in the engineering drawing, by using the magnetic machine 540 shown in the ninth figure, the process of recording the IDN on the media 2 is only under one second. This magnetic machine 540, as in the ninth Xinjiang (a) '(b) shows that it is ring-shaped, as shown in the ninth (c), (d), it has a number of Tibetan magnetic poles 542a ~ f, which are wound with coils 545a ~ f. The current of the magnetic current generator 543, through the current direction switch 544 · Any current will flow into the coil -1 8-Full paper standard General Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) (please (Read the notes on the back before filling in this page) ----- ^ — 装-

、1T A7 _B7 五、發明说明() 545 a〜f ,故可獾得任意之磁化方向。 第九疆(d)所示者為設定自左方起S、N、S、 S、N、S極之蕃磁方向之場合。此場合中,磁性記錄曆 3在一瞬間記錄下箭頭51a 、51b 、51 c 、51d 之方向之磁性記錄信號。其亦可藉40000 e之高He 之磁性材料記錄之。因此,如第八國(a)所示,比起習 知之工程圔第八鼴(b),其可藉相囘時間生產記錄有I D 之 C D ° 若為使用磁頭,一邊回_媒體2 ,一邊作I D N 〇·之磁性記錄之方法,鎗體回轉之開始及數回轉之回 轉,及包括淳止回轉等將花費數秒。因此,於只容許一秒 左右之處理時間之CD之大量生產工程中,其具有若不變 化工程之流程則難以導入之課題。 如第八画(a)之ID No .之工程_所示, 使用第九圖所示之著磁櫬540 ·將I D No ·記錄於 媒體2中之工程可為1秒鑼K下,其尤其適用於高產量之 工程中。說明此著磁機540之記錄動作,如第九圖(a )' (b )所示,其保為瓖狀,且如第九圖(c ) 、 ( d、 1T A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention () 545 a ~ f, so you can get any direction of magnetization. The ninth frontier (d) is for setting the direction of the S, N, S, S, N, and S poles from the left. In this case, the magnetic recording calendar 3 records the magnetic recording signals in the directions of arrows 51a, 51b, 51c, and 51d at an instant. It can also be recorded with 40,000 e high He magnetic materials. Therefore, as shown in the eighth country (a), compared to the conventional engineering project eighth mole (b), it can produce CDs with IDs by reciprocating time. If using a magnetic head, return to _MEDIA 2 The method of IDN 〇 · magnetic recording, the start of the gun body rotation and the number of rotations, and including the rotation of the stop, etc. will take a few seconds. Therefore, in a mass production process of a CD that only allows a processing time of about one second, it has a problem that it is difficult to introduce it if the process flow is not changed. As shown in the project of ID No. 8 in the eighth picture (a), use the magnetic title 540 shown in the ninth picture. The project of recording the ID No. in the media 2 can be 1 second gong, especially Suitable for high-volume projects. Explain the recording operation of the magnetic machine 540, as shown in the ninth picture (a) '(b), it is kept in the shape of a urn, and as shown in the ninth picture (c), (d

)所示,其具有複數個著磁極542 a〜f ,其上分別捲 設有線圈545 a〜f 。來自蕃磁電流發生器543之電 流,藉由霣流方向切換器5 4 4 >將以任意之電流•流入 線圈545a〜f ,故可獲得任意之磁化方向。在第九· (d)中,係堪示有設定自左方起為S、N、S、S、N -1 9 - 本纸伕尺度通用中國國家標率(CNS ) ΑΊ规格(210X 297公釐) {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) . - ----- - - - 1 - —It— -----......... - —C — 裝— 訂 丨線 310421 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明() 、S極之著磁方向之場合。在此壩合,箭頭5 1 a 、5 1 b 、51c 、51d之方向之磁性紀錄信號,將一瞬間, 洌如數ms ,被記錄於特定之軌跡上。而蕃磁饑,因可導 入大18流,故40000 e之高H c之磁性材料亦可紀錄 。因此,如苐八画(a )所示,Κ第八讕(b )之習知工 程画之其他工程相同程度之作業時間· 1卩可紀錄I D >故 在不 變更工程流程之情肜下即可生產CD。且使用蕃磁 機之場合,因不須回轉媒體2 SP可實行I D No ·之磁 性記錄,故不《可縮短工程量,因不回轉媒體,其亦具有· 如第八圜(a )所示之I D ; N 〇 ·記錄後,復K印刷工 程印刷時,亦可正確地印刷於既定位置之效粟。 現在,市軎有可記錄於H c為270 00 e之 磁性記錄層之磁頭。因此•若He較低•則I D N 〇 · 可能被改愛。對應此課題,本發明之蕃磁機540因可發 生強力磁埸|故在He為40000 e之高He之磁性記 錄層中亦可記錄ID No .。在將高He之磁性記錄歷 3作為特定軌跡Μ記錄I D No ·時•此媒體之I D N 〇·因無法被通常所可買到之磁頭8改寫,亦即改篡, 故可提高與媒體之I D No ·相闥之密碼之保密性。 又,本發明如第十圓所示,光磲之物理配置表 532之資料與唯一I D No ·發生器546之信號, 藉由溫合器54 7 ·混合成若沒有分雛键則難以分離之狀 態,並 將溫合信號與分雛鍵548送至晻號化器5 37 -20* 尺度通用中困國家樣準(CNS ) A4垅格(210X297公 (請先閏讀背面之注意事項再填寫本f) —裝), It has a plurality of magnetic poles 542 a to f, on which coils 545 a to f are wound, respectively. The current from the fan magnetic current generator 543 will flow into the coils 545a to f with an arbitrary current by the shunt current direction switch 5 4 4 > therefore, an arbitrary magnetization direction can be obtained. In the ninth · (d), it can be shown that the setting is S, N, S, S, N -1 from the left. 9-This paper is the standard China National Standard Rate (CNS) ΑΊ specification (210X 297 (%) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page).---------1-—It— -----.........-—C — 装 — Ordering line 310421 A7 B7__ V. Description of invention () The occasion where the S pole is in the magnetic direction. At this point, the magnetic recording signals in the direction of arrows 5 1 a, 5 1 b, 51c and 51d will be recorded on a specific track in an instant, like a few ms. Since the magnetic force can be imported into the 18th stream, magnetic materials with a high H c of 40000 e can also be recorded. Therefore, as shown in Yuanba painting (a), the operation time of other works of the conventional engineering painting of Κ 八八 (b) is the same as that of the other works. 1) Recordable ID > Therefore, without changing the engineering process The CD can be produced. In addition, when using a magneto, the magnetic recording of ID No. can be performed without the need to rotate the media 2 SP, so it is not possible to shorten the engineering volume. Since the media is not rotated, it also has. As shown in the eighth circle (a) ID; N 〇 · After recording, when printing K complex printing process, it can also be printed correctly at a predetermined position. Currently, there are commercially available magnetic heads that can be recorded on the magnetic recording layer with H c of 270 00 e. Therefore, if He is low, I D N 〇 may be changed. Corresponding to this problem, the magnetic machine 540 of the present invention can generate a strong magnetic field. Therefore, ID No. can also be recorded in the magnetic recording layer with a high He of 40000 e. When the high He magnetic recording history 3 is used as the specific track M to record the ID No. • The IDN of the media is not rewritten by the magnetic head 8 that is usually available, that is, tampered, so the ID with the media can be increased No. The confidentiality of the passwords of the relevant parties. In addition, according to the present invention, as shown in the tenth circle, the data of the physical configuration table 532 of Koshihide and the signal of the unique ID No. generator 546 are mixed by the thermostat 54 7. Status, and send the temperature mixing signal and the split key 548 to the password encoder 5 37 -20 * Standard Universal Distressed National Sample Standard (CNS) A4 square (210X297 male (please read the notes on the back before filling in Ben f)-installed

.1T.1T

.I—C 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() ,作成暗號5 3 8 ,而於成形工程後,記錄於磁性紀錄軌 跡67 ,或在原盤製作工程中記錄於光紀錄軌跡65。在 記錄再生装置1側,藉由暗號解碼器543解讀睹號,並 •籍由分雜鐽,在分離器549中,分雛I D No · 55 0和光''碟之物理配置表5 3 2 ,而可藉由第五圖及第t:圓、 所示之不法光碟檢萱方法•檢査不法光鼷,並中止不法光 碟之動作 '。 若為第十圖之方式之場合,被紀錄於磁性.I—C 310421 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (), made as the secret number 5 3 8, and recorded in the magnetic recording track 67 after the forming process, or recorded in the optical recording track 65 in the original disc manufacturing process. On the recording and reproducing device 1 side, the code number is decoded by the secret code decoder 543, and by the splitter, the splitter 549 splits the ID No. 55 0 and the physical configuration table of the optical disc 5 3 2 And through the fifth figure and the t: circle, as shown in the method of illegal disc inspection 萱 • Check the illegal disc reel, and stop the illegal disc's action '. If it is the way of the tenth picture, it is recorded in the magnetic

記錄軌跡6 7之1音號538,藉由可產生唯一ID N 〇 ·之發生器546 , ID No .和光碟物理配置表之 混合信號被暗號化,故每一W之光碟均不相同。雖為必然 之结果,此光碟因係使用本發明之不法複製防止方式,故 不法複製業者無法複製CD之光記錄部。因此,不法使用 者除篡改I DNo ·外,沒有其他不法使用之途逕。若找 來與知曉其密碼之光碟完全相同之原盤光碟,藉由記錄同 樣之暗號於磁性記錄部|則可籍由使用該密碼而進行不法 使用。若分雛光碟物理配置表之暗號和I D No ·之暗 號而記錄時,在同一原盤之全部之碟片之磁器纪錄賺,將 記錄相同之物理配置表之暗號,而驩由讓取此暗號,即可 容易識別其是否為同一原盤光碟,故可藉由將I D No •之暗號改寫為知道其密_之1 D N 〇 ·之暗號,而進 行不法使用。但是•第十_之方式•係對一片光碟•可能 存在有複數片不同之原盤,且每一片光磔之睹號均各不相 同故,要確認兩片光碟是杏為相同原魃者|只有覼察其暗 -2 1 - 本紙伕尺度遑用中國園家標準(CNS ) A4現樁(210X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^—裝-The track 1 7 signal number 538, the mixed signal of the generator 546, ID No. and the disc physical configuration table, which can generate a unique ID N 〇., Is coded, so each W disc is different. Although it is an inevitable result, this optical disc uses the illegal copy prevention method of the present invention, so the illegal copy manufacturer cannot copy the optical recording portion of the CD. Therefore, there is no other way for illegal users to tamper with I DNo. If you find an original disc that is exactly the same as the disc that knows its password, by recording the same secret number in the magnetic recording section | you can use it illegally by using the password. If the password of the physical configuration table of the young disc and the password of ID No. are recorded, the magnetic record of all the discs of the same original disk will be earned, and the password of the same physical configuration table will be recorded, and this password is freely given, It is easy to identify whether it is the same original disc, so it can be used illegally by rewriting the password of ID No • to the password of 1 DN 〇 · knowing its password. However, the tenth method is for a disc. There may be multiple original discs with different discs, and each disc has a different viewing number. Therefore, make sure that the two discs are apricots. Only |覼 查 其 暗 -2 1-This paper uses the Chinese Garden Standard (CNS) A4 current pile (210X 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ^ — 装-

I .1TJIH-. til —I 3i〇421 A 7 B7 五、發明説明() 號而更無他法。除讓取一 Μ碟片之全部領域之碟片物理配 置表5 3 2之資訊外,係無法檢蜜出其是否為同一原盤。 欲檢査位址、角度、循跡、倍號懵深度、錯誤櫬率之全部 資料係須要大規模之装置,且其確認亦極花時間。因此, 不法樓製桊者欲找出與知悉密碼之C D之専之先碟為相同 原盤之光碟者係十分困難,故其具有使不法複製業者難Μ 改篡ID No·之效果。 在此,藉由第 148画之流程_說明其具體之程序。 在步驟405 ,程式Ν ο. N之起動命令傳來時,在步驟 4 0 5 a ,係難Μ讚出程式i鍵資訊是否被記錄於磁軌中 。此時|在磁頭上將有記錄霣流流通,而實行此資料之濟 去。若為正規之光碟,He較高,故鍵實訊不會消去。而 若為不法光碟,因He較低,靆資訊將消去。接蕃,在步 驟405b ,將檢査是否有鍵資料,g卩密碼,若為N0 * 在步驟4 0 5c ,將如第Π0圖之畫面圈所示,對使用者 傳達鍵之輸入命令,在步驟4 0 5 d ,使用者輸入例如" 1 23456”時,在步驟405 eBP核對其是否正確, 若為NO ,則在步驟405 f停止,畫面上並顯示〃鍵不 正確或為複製之磲片〃,若為YE S則進入步驟40 5 g ,將打開程式No · N之鍵賁料記錄於記錄媒體2之磁軌 ,並眺至步猱405 i 。 回到步驟405b ,若為YES ,則在步驟405 hil取程式No · N之鐽資料,並在步驟405 i讓入光 -2 2 - 本紙法尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X 297公藿) (請先閱請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂I .1TJIH-. Til —I 3i〇421 A 7 B7 Fifth, the invention description () No. There is no other way. Except for the information in Table 5 3 2 on the physical configuration of the discs in all areas where a Μ disc is taken, it is impossible to detect whether it is the same original disc. To check all the data of address, angle, tracking, depth of multiplier, and error rate, a large-scale device is required, and it takes time to confirm. Therefore, it is very difficult for the lawless system producer to find the disc with the same CD as the original disc that knows the password. Therefore, it has the effect of making it difficult for the illegal copying company to change the ID No .. Here, the specific procedure will be described by the flow of No. 148. In step 405, when the start command of the program Νο.N comes, in step 405a, it is difficult to tell whether the program i key information is recorded in the track. At this time, there will be a record flow on the head, and the data will be saved. If it is a regular disc, He is higher, so the key information will not be eliminated. If the disc is unlawful, the information will be erased because He is lower. Then, in step 405b, it will check whether there is key data, or password, if it is N0 * in step 4 0 5c, it will convey the key input command to the user as shown in the screen circle of Figure Π0, in step 4 0 5 d, when the user enters, for example, " 1 23456 ”, the eBP checks whether it is correct in step 405, if it is NO, it stops in step 405 f, and the screen shows that the 〃 key is incorrect or it is a copy of the copy 〃 If it is YE S, go to step 405 g, record the key of program No. N and record it on the magnetic track of recording medium 2, and look at step 405 i. Return to step 405b, if it is YES, then In step 405, hil fetches the data of program No · N, and in step 405 i let the light enter into the light-2 2-the standard of Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X 297 commonweed) (please read first Note on the back then fill out this page)

U A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明() 記錄履之碟片I D (OPT),在步驟405J讚入記錄 於磁性記錄層之碟片I D (Mag),並在步驟405k 檢査是否正確。若為NO,在步驟40 5m顯示"複製碟 片"並停止。若為Y E S則在步韆4 0 5 η *行鍵資料、 碟片ID (OPT)、碟片ID (Mag)之暗號解除演 算,檢査是否為正確資料。在步驟40 5 p檢査,若為N 〇*則在步驟4 0 5 q顯示錯誤,若為Y E S則在步驟4 05s開姶程式Ν〇 ·Ν之使用。 在使用本發明之方 式時,若為CD可收容音轚被懕縮為1/5之歌曲1 20 首,若為軟艘則可收容數百齒名稱,莕最初即記錄1 2苜 或一個遊戯,則可Μ符合1 2首或一個遊戯份之蕃作權價 格販賣之。然後,由丨吏用者支付費用,而软體莱者告知對 應碟片I D No _之鐽,如第147圖所示,g卩可使用追 加之歌曲或追加之遊戲等砍體。此時,藉由採用音轚伸長 區塊407 ,若為CD可收容5倍之37 0分鐮,而可在 —片CD中收容最多1 20苜音樂软鱧1而從此中,藉由 鍵之解除,即可睫取喜歡之歌曲。因解除一次鍵,鐽資料 即被記錄,故具有不必每次都須輸入键之效果。除音樂C D及遊戯CD之外,使用在霄子字典或影像CD等一般程 式上亦具有同漾之效果。又,為降低成本,亦可省輅高Η c部401之ID No·。 其次,說明有關防 止C D本身禊製之方法。C D目前係被以各種方式所不法 複製,故念須一防止複製之方法。僅Μ暗號化之蚊髖,係 -2 3 - 冬紙法尺度遇用中國國家標準(CMS ) Α4規格(210.Χ 297公釐) (#先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)U A7 ___B7_ V. Description of the invention () Record the disc ID (OPT) of the track, at step 405J, enter the disc ID (Mag) recorded on the magnetic recording layer, and check whether it is correct at step 405k. If NO, display "Copy disc" in step 405m and stop. If it is Y E S, the password of the row key data, disc ID (OPT), disc ID (Mag) is released at step 405 5 η * to check whether it is correct data. Check in step 405 p. If it is N 〇 *, it will display an error in step 4 0 5 q. If it is Y E S, it will open the use of the program Ν〇 · Ν in step 4 05s. When using the method of the present invention, if it is a CD, it can contain 1, 20 songs that have been condensed into 1/5. If it is a soft ship, it can contain hundreds of tooth names. Nian initially recorded 12 alfalfa or a game , Then it can be sold at the price of the copyright of 12 fans or one game. Then, the user pays the fee, and the software owner informs the corresponding disc ID No., as shown in FIG. 147, that is, you can use additional songs or additional games. At this time, by using the sound extension block 407, if it is a CD, it can contain 370 points of 5 times the sickle, and a CD can contain up to 1 20 alfalfa music soft shell 1 and from this, by the key If you release it, you can pick up your favorite song. Since the key is released once, the data is recorded, so there is no need to enter the key every time. In addition to music CDs and game CDs, it also has the same effect in general programs such as Xiaozi dictionary or video CD. In addition, in order to reduce costs, the ID No. of the high H c portion 401 may also be saved. Next, it explains the methods to prevent CD itself. CD is currently copied illegally in various ways, so I must take a method to prevent copying. Only the mosquito hips with Μ secret code, -2 3-winter paper method meets the Chinese National Standard (CMS) Α4 specification (210.Χ 297 mm) (# First read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page)

310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 無法防止不法禊製。在本發明中,將敘述利用C D之信號 槽排列和暗號方式防止複製之方法。 如第一_之主盤 記錄機装置之方塊_所示,製作C D荐之C L V型光碟原 盤之主盤記鏵櫬装置5 2 9 ,係具有線逑度控制部2 6 a ,若為CD,可一邊將線速度保持於1 . 2m/s至1 · 4m/s之範園内| 一邊藉由光讓取頭6對確片2上之感 光體以光束使信號榷之潛像曝光|而紀錄之。若為CD, 薙由循跡回路24 ,對一回轉,Μ約1 · 6um之間距, 增加半徑r ,故信號榷被記錄成揉旋狀。如此,如第三醒 (a)所示,賣料在原盤上被記錄成嫘旋狀。若為V丨d e o d i sk之CAV之光碟,即可再生原版碟片,並 將此回轉與回轉控制完全運動 > 而可作成原螌。因此,當 第三者獾得原版資料5 2 8時,即可藏由主盤記錄健裝置 5 2 9容易地作成與正規製造之C A V光磲完全相同之具 有相同信號擂圖櫬光碟原盤。若為CAV ,正規製造之原 盤與不法複製之原盤之信號懵_樣之差將在數ϋ m之内。 因此,Μ習知之方法,係無法從信號權as樣之韧理性配置 區別正規作成及不法作成之光碟。 一方面,若為CD — ROM之CLV光碟,係ΜΙ ·2〜1 ‘4m/s之範 圍内之最初設定之一定線速度於原盤上記錄於螺旋部上。 若為CAV,一周所記錄之資料數經常為一定,若為C L V ,藉由改變線速度,一周之資料敝將變化。若線速度較 慢時,則會變成第三圖(a)之資料配置530a |若線 *24~ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) nn tn9 -3- - 二-I -- - - - - _ - -. ^衣310421 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Unlawful control cannot be prevented. In the present invention, a method of preventing copying by using the signal slot arrangement of the CD and the cryptographic method will be described. As shown in the first _Block of the main disk recorder device, the main disk recording device 5 2 9 of the CLV type disc original disc recommended for making CDs has a line control unit 2 6 a, if it is a CD, The linear velocity can be maintained within the range of 1.2 m / s to 1.4 m / s | while the pick 6 is exposed to the photoreceptor on the film 2 by the light, and the latent image of the signal is exposed by the beam | Of it. In the case of CD, the tracer circuit 24, for one revolution, the distance between M is about 1 · 6um, increasing the radius r, so the signal is recorded as a twist. In this way, as shown in the third wake-up (a), the selling materials are recorded in a spiral shape on the original plate. If it is a CD of V 丨 d e o d i sk, the original disc can be reproduced, and the rotation and rotation control can be completely moved > Therefore, when the third-party badger obtains the original data 5 2 8, the master recording device 5 2 9 can be easily made into an original disc with the same signal beats as the officially manufactured C A V optical disc. In the case of CAV, the difference between the signal of the original manufactured disc and the illegally copied original disc will be within several m. Therefore, the conventionally known method cannot distinguish between the discs that are normally made and those that are unlawfully made from the allocation of signal rights as toughness. On the one hand, if it is a CD-ROM CLV disc, it is initially set at a certain linear velocity within the range of MI · 2 ~ 1 ‘4m / s on the original disc and recorded on the spiral portion. If it is CAV, the number of data recorded in a week is always constant. If it is C L V, by changing the line speed, the data in one week will change. If the line speed is slow, it will become the data configuration of the third picture (a) 530a | If the line * 24 ~ (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) nn tn9 -3--II-I- ----_--. ^ Cloth

,1T 」_ 線 本紙張Xj!通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) 310421, 1T ”_ Line This paper Xj! General Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) 310421

^濟邹中央埭隼局貝工;«費含泎fisp?L A7 B7_ 五、發明説明() 速度較快時,則會荽成第三圖(b)之賣料配置530b 。如此,則Μ通常之主盤記錄装董,SP可區別正規C D及 不法拷貝CD之資料配置5 3 0之不罔。以通常之市販C D用主盤記錄装置,係可藉〇 · 00lm/s之蔺精度設 定镍速度。然後,Μ —定之線速度製作原盤時,以此高精 度,即使Ml · 2m/s之線速度作成74分鐮之CD原 盤·在最外周軌跡*誤差循向PLUS側時,將產生1 1 • 783周份之誤差。亦即,比其理想原盤,可作成在最 外周具有11.783周X360度之角度誤差之資料配 置530b之原盤。因此,油第三圃(a)及(b)所示 ,資料配置530亦即各個的A 1 〜A26之位址32 3 a〜X ,在正規CD和不法禊製CD上將有所不同。例 如定義四等分、Z 1〜Z4之配置區53 1時,A 1〜A 26之位址323之配置區域531 將不同。因 此,於作成兩個CD配置區域531和位址3 23之 對應表,亦即物理配置表532之場合,如Μ三圖(a) 及第三圖(b)所示,在正規CD和不法複製之CD上, 各個物理配置表5 3 2 a及5 3 2將有所不同》故可利用 此差異,辨別正規C D及不法«製C D。 惟,II只作 成難以物理性複製之CD ,因改篡對照正規CD是否為正 規CD之方法甚為容易,故其效果甚為薄弱《如第五画所 示,在本發明中,係將該物理位置表532 ,於CD原盤 之製作中或原盤製作完了後,方作成。將此物理配置表5 -2 5 - 本紙乐尺度通闲中國國家#準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) (請先Μ讀背*之注意事項再填艿表頁)^ Ji Zou Central Falcon Bureau Shellfish; «Fei Hanlu fisp? L A7 B7_ V. Description of invention () When the speed is faster, it will be sold as the third figure (b) of the sales configuration 530b. In this way, the usual master recording equipment of SP, SP can distinguish the data configuration of normal CD and unauthorized copy of CD. With a commercially-available CD master recording device, the nickel speed can be set with the precision of 0.00lm / s. Then, when making the original disc at a fixed linear velocity, with this high accuracy, even if the linear velocity of Ml · 2m / s is 74 minutes of the original CD of the sickle. When the outermost track * error is directed to the PLUS side, 1 1 Error of 783 weeks. That is, it is possible to create an original disc with a data configuration 530b having a data error of 11.783 cycles X360 degrees on the outermost periphery than the ideal original disc. Therefore, as shown in Oil Third Garden (a) and (b), the data configuration 530, that is, the addresses 32 3 a ~ X of each A 1 ~ A26, will be different on regular CDs and unauthorized CDs. For example, when defining the configuration area 531 of four quarters and Z 1 ~ Z4, the configuration area 531 of the address 323 of A 1 ~ A 26 will be different. Therefore, when the correspondence table between the two CD configuration areas 531 and the addresses 3 23, that is, the physical configuration table 532 is created, as shown in the three maps (a) and the third map (b), in the regular CD and illegal On the copied CD, the physical configuration tables 5 3 2 a and 5 3 2 will be different. Therefore, this difference can be used to distinguish between regular CDs and unauthorized CDs. However, II only makes CDs that are difficult to physically copy. Because the method of tampering with comparing a regular CD to a regular CD is very easy, its effect is very weak. As shown in the fifth painting, in the present invention, it is The physical position table 532 is prepared only after the original CD is produced or after the original disk is finished. Please refer to this physical configuration table 5 -2 5-This paper music standard passes the Chinese national #quasi (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the notes on the back * and then fill in the form page)

五、發明説明() 3 2 - 數,而 D媒雅 跡6 7 媒體2 之光記 表5 3 3 3a 得現霣 將之與 R T, 砍腰之 法拷貝 故被退 之C D 出。如 之宏大 驅動器 相同之 解碼程 编碼程 改造暗 換之。 籍由R S A 薙暗號化手 2之光R 0 内。其次, 或2 a *將 錄部再生出 2。復使用 '..: ,從前述之 之C D之位 物理配置表 若為N 0則 動作或音樂 之C D ,其 出。只要暗 及無法作動 此一來,其 效果。而不 之對策,保 信號著榷丽 式5 3 4解 式。3 ·分 號解碼程式 在上述三者 方式之公 段5 3 7 Μ部6 5 在驅動器 暗號倌號 之暗號解 同樣自C、 F G所產 址3 8 a 5 3 2之 判定其為 软艟之再 物理配置 號編碼程 。因此, 即具有可 法褸製業 有下述二 捸之C L 讚第五疆 析C D — 5 3 4或 中,第三 A7 B7 開暗號 將之暗 或C D (dr 5 3 8 讀程式 D中苒 生之回 之碟片 夤料對 不法複 生。第 表5 3 式5 3 即使拷 完全防 安驻 A W 者可尋 V碟片 之s e ROM 碟片檢 種方法 26- 鍵方式 號化· 媒親2 1 v e b再生 5 3 4 生出之 縛脈衡 回轉角 照•若 製之C 三圖( 2 b係 7無法 貝晻號 止不法 找出對 〇 1 · 之原盤 ere 中之所 査程式 ,因解 等之單 並將之 a之磁 r )測 ,並使 碟片檢 信號或 資訊3 為0 K D ·而 b )中 與正規 解_, 信號, 禊製C 付本發 製作出 ° 2 · f k e 有程式 5 3 3 讚及改 方向性函 記錄於C 性記錄軌 -自C D 用自C D 物理配置 査程式5 索引•獲 3 5 -並 則S T A 停止遊戧 所示之不 者不同* 不法複製 亦會被退 D之再生 明之C D 具有完全 藉由暗號 y之暗號 ,並籍由 a ·並更 造程式須 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .f丨裝Fifth, the invention description () 3 2-number, and D media elegant trace 6 7 light record of media 2 Table 5 3 3 3a get it together with R T, copying the method of cutting waist, so the CD that was returned is out. Such as the magnificent drive, the same decoding process, coding process modification and replacement. Within R 0 of R S A 葙 誙 Sign Number 2. Secondly, or 2 a * regenerate the recording part 2. Reuse '..:, from the aforementioned CD's physical configuration table. If it is N 0, then the CD of the action or music will come out. As long as it is dark and incapable of action, its effect. Regardless of the countermeasures, Bao signaled the solution 5 3 4 solution. 3. The semicolon decoding program is in the public section of the above three methods. 5 3 7 Μ 部 6 5 The secret code solution of the secret code in the drive is also determined from the production site of C and FG. 3 8 a 5 3 2 It is judged to be soft. The physical configuration number coding process. Therefore, there is a legal system that has the following two methods: CL praise the fifth Xinjiang analysis CD — 5 3 4 or medium, third A7 B7 open the secret code or CD (dr 5 3 8 in the reading program D The disc data of the return of life can't be resurrected. Table 5 3 Type 5 3 Even if the copy is completely protected from the AW, you can find the se ROM of the V disc. Seed inspection method 26- key method numbering · matchmaker 2 1 veb regeneration 5 3 4 The photo of the rotation angle of the bound pulse balance produced by Ruo • C three pictures of the system (2 b is the 7 ca n’t find the code in the original ere of 〇1 · because of the solution, etc. The single and the magnetic r of a) are measured, and the disc check signal or information 3 is 0 KD · and b) is in the normal solution _, the signal, the signal C is made by C. The payment is made by ° 2 · fke has a program 5 3 3 The letter of praise and direction change is recorded on the C sex record track-from CD used from CD physical configuration checker 5 index • won 3 5-and then STA stops to play the different ones shown * illegal copying will also be The CD of the regenerative Ming that returns D has the password completely by the password y, and it is created by a. And the program needs to be modified (please read the note on the back first If you want to fill out this page again.)

.1T.1T

U 線--- §. 年 b it 本紙乐尺度通用中國國家捸準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公藿 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 速度較快時,則會變成第三圈(b)之資料配置53〇b 。如此,則以通常之主盤記錄装置,1卩可區別正規C D及 不法拷貝C D之資料配置5 3 0之不同。Μ通常之市販C D用主盤記錄装置,係可藉0 · 00 lm/s之高精度設 定媒速度。然後,以一定之線速度製作原螌時,以此高精 度,即使以1 · 2m/s之線速度作成74分鐘之CD原 盤,在最外周軌跡,誤差偏向PLUS側時,將產生1 1 . -783周份之誤差。亦即,比其理想原盤,可作成在最 外周具有1 1 · 783周X360度之角度誤差之資枓配 置530b之原盤。因此,茹第三圃(a)及(b)所示 ,實枓配置530亦即各個的A 1 〜A26之位址32 3 a〜X ,在正規CD和不法複製CD上將有所不同。例 如定義四等分、Z 1〜Z4之配置區53 1時* A 1〜A 26之位址323之配置區域5 3 1 將不同。因 此,於作成兩個CD配置區域5 31和位址3 23之 對應表,亦即物理配置表532之場合,如第三騸(a) 及第三圖(b)所示,在正規CD和不法複製之CD上, 各個物理配置表5 32 a及5 3 2將有所不同。故可利用 此差異,辨別正規C D及不法樓製C D。 惟·單只作 成難以物理性複製之CD ,因改篡對照正規CD是否為正 規CD之方法甚為容易,故其效果甚為薄弱。如第五®所 示,在本發明中,係將該物理位置表532 ,於CD原盤 之製怍中或原盤製作完了後.方作成。將此物理配置表5 -25- 本紙張尺度遇用中國國家標準(CNS ) AOJl格(210X 297公藿} (請先閱汶背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)U line --- §. Year b it standard of paper music standard China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X 297 Gonghuo A7 B7) 5. Description of invention () When the speed is faster, it will become the third circle (b) The data configuration of 53〇b. In this way, with the usual master recording device, that is, the difference between the data configuration of regular CDs and unauthorized copying CDs is 5 to 3. The usual master recording device for commercial CDs is Set the media speed with a high precision of 0 · 00 lm / s. Then, when making the original tape at a certain linear speed, with this high precision, even if the original CD of 74 minutes is made with a linear speed of 1.2 m / s, the most Peripheral trajectory, when the error is biased to the PLUS side, an error of 1.1-783 cycles will be generated. That is, it can be made into an asset configuration 530b with an angle error of 1 · 783 cycles X 360 degrees on the outermost periphery than its ideal original disk The original disk. Therefore, as shown in the third garden (a) and (b), the actual configuration 530, that is, the addresses 32 3 a ~ X of each A 1 ~ A26, will be available on regular CDs and illegally copied CDs. Different. For example, when defining the configuration area 53 1 of four quarters, Z 1 ~ Z4 * The configuration area 5 3 1 of the address 323 of A 1 ~ A 26 will be Therefore, when the correspondence table between the two CD configuration areas 5 31 and the address 3 23, that is, the physical configuration table 532 is created, as shown in the third (a) and the third figure (b), the regular On the CD and the illegally copied CD, the physical configuration tables 5 32 a and 5 3 2 will be different. Therefore, this difference can be used to distinguish between regular CDs and illegal CDs. However, only a CD that is difficult to physically copy Because the method of tampering with the comparison of whether the regular CD is a regular CD is very easy, its effect is very weak. As shown in Fifth®, in the present invention, the physical position table 532 is used to make the original CD After the middle or the original disc is finished, it will be made. The physical configuration table 5 -25- This paper size meets the Chinese National Standard (CNS) AOJl grid (210X 297 public lotus) (please read the precautions on the back of Wen then fill in this page)

310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明( Λ 毛 $ 1 菘費相當之時間,亦即高額成本,其襯製CD之之獲利較 少且無意義。又,在本發明中,晻號解暍程式5 34及碟 片檢査程式5 3 3 a並非存在驅勖器側,而像在媒髓側, 故可依CD — ROM之捕題和®编別任易赛更。因此,因 須對應每個標題投賁程式解讀及 暗號解讚, 而使不法複製業者之預算惡化,而可埵到經濟性之防止複 製效果。其次*有闢第二種方法,本發明中像採用第五圈 所示之R SA方式等之公開暗號踺方式之單方向函數。例 如,可使用濟算式C = E (Μ) = Μ° πιοη η。因此,即 使CD — ROM上公關暗號解碼程式,即鍵之一部份,而 另一部份之鐽之暗號编碼程式5 3 7之解讀須花費例如十 «年之故,故不含被解謓出。只是,暗號編碼程式537 之資訊係有可能洩漏。但,藉由*五疆之方法,暗號解碼 程式 5 3 4係位於媒體側而非在驅動器側。因此,萬--洩漏出去,在洩漏當時,確由麥更一對之暗號程式,IP可 再次回復防止複製之狀態。最後*第一個方法之製作出具 有完全相同之信號懵_漾之C L V原盤者,以現狀之C L V用主盤記錄機装置5 2 9 ,其一回轉偽產生一脈衝之回 轉信號,但因未設有可高精度檢知、控制回轉角之機構, 故:甚困難。但是,«由讀取被複製之C D之回轉角資訊及 記錄信號,並於複製時使其回轉脈衡同步化,即可製成雖 未完全正確•但有某部份位置糈度相似之信號榷圖樣。但 是,此情形須在播由與被複製CD之線速度相同之速度予 -2 7 - (請先Ml讀背面之注意事碩再填寫本頁)310421 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Λ 毛 ¥ 1 It takes a considerable amount of time, that is, high cost, and its lining CD is less profitable and meaningless. Also, in the present invention, the secret solution is 5 34 and the disc check program 5 3 3 a does not exist on the drive side, but on the media side, so it can be changed according to the CD-ROM capture and ® classification of Ren Yisai. Therefore, each title must be corresponding Interpretation of the program and interpretation of the secret code worsen the budget of the illegal copying industry, and can achieve an economical copy prevention effect. Secondly, there is a second method. In the present invention, the R shown in the fifth circle is used. The one-way function of the public password signing method such as the SA method. For example, the economic formula C = E (Μ) = Μ ° πιοη η. Therefore, even if the public key password decoding program on the CD-ROM is a part of the key, The decoding of the other part of the secret code program 5 3 7 takes, for example, ten years, so it is not deciphered. However, the information of the secret code program 537 may be leaked. However, by By the * 5 Xinjiang method, the password decoding program 5 3 4 is located on the media side instead of The actuator side. Therefore, if it leaks out, at the time of the leak, it is indeed the secret code program of Mai Geng, and the IP can be restored to the state of preventing copying. Finally, the first method produces the same signal. _ For the original CLV discs, the current CLV master disc recorder device 5 2 9 generates pseudo one-pulse rotation signal during one rotation, but there is no mechanism to detect and control the rotation angle with high accuracy, so : Very difficult. However, «by reading the rotation angle information and recording signal of the copied CD, and synchronizing its rotation pulse balance when copying, it can be made although it is not completely correct, but there is a certain position. The signal pattern is similar. However, in this case, it must be played at the same speed as the linear speed of the CD being copied -2 7-(Please read the notes on the back of Ml before filling in this page)

___X 裝 --丁 、-β___X loaded-D, -β

U 線 本紙浃尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2!0X 297公釐 A 7 __________B7 五、發明説明() Μ記錄時方才成立。本發明之主盤記錄機装置5 2 9 ,如 第一圖所示,令CLV調製倌號發生部1 0 a發生CLV 調製信號,某場合下將之送至線遝度調製部2 6 a ,某場 合下將之送至光記錄回路3 7之蒔間_調製部3 7 a ,進 行CL_V調製。具由線速度調製部26 a時,如第二驅(、 a)所示,可將線速度任意調製於CD規格之範園1 .2 m/s〜'1 ·4 m/s内。此情形在線速度為一定,並 藉由時間軸調製部"3 7 a調製成信號時,亦可*琨相同之 情形。此場合下即不須要改造装置。此線速度調製欲自被 複製CD側以高精度檢測出者係甚困難。因非施Μ任意之 控制而記錄之故,即使是製作原盤之主盤記錄櫬装置亦無 法複製。每次作出之原盤均不相同。因此,欲完全地檯製 施Μ本發明之線速度調製之CD近乎不可能。但是,因C D之線速度係在1 ·2πι/5〜1 ·4γπ/3之規格範圍 内1故琨在市販之通常之CD — ROM遊戧櫬均可正常地 再生其資料。其次,如第二騸(b),想像將同一資料, M —定之1 ·2γτι/5之線速度,記錄於特定之光軌跡6 5 a之場合之起點當作S ,則質料記錄终了之终點A 1則 來到360°之位置。此場合如第二圈(c )所示,於一 回轉,自1 . 2m/s至1 ,4rrs/s均一:1«逑之場合· 位址A 3之物理位置5 3 9 a則來到僑差3 0 °之物理位 置5 3 9 b。然後,在1 / 2回縳增速之場合,則來到偏 差45°之物理位置539c 。亦即•其一周最大可改麥 _ 2 8 - 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4緹格(2丨0X 297公;t ) (請先聞讀背vt»之注意事項再填寫本1) ,-I - - HH - - ml - f k — 装— 丁 r 〇1042l A7 B7 五、發明説明( Μ驅動 第六圖 感懕器 之相對 器般之 。例如 之索引 四圖( ,信號 被決定 •如前 可從信 區域Ζ 時,其 無防止 復設有 。 再 路3 8 則會從 d 、4 c將檢 則進行 行至步 器上亦 所示· 3 3 5 位置及 複雜慼 1第四 信號, b )所 位置之 0 —方 述,可 號位置 3 〇 構成雖 複製之 檢知回 回到第 再生信 第t:圖 7 1 e 査磁性 至步猱 驟4 7 可再生 須於驅 0此一 9 0° 懕器。 疆(a 於磔片 . . <·ν - 示 > 籍 時隙( 面,從 得到位 倌號檢 此場合 較簡m 效果。 轉角之 -J— fgf! / \ fflpl ’ 號,若 之流程 。步驟 記錄部 4 7 1 1 d 、 。只是|該壜合下 動器中 檢知手段 之區域即 Μ四圈所 第五圈及 片回轉角 址3 2 3 角度慼應 檢知方法 光慼懕器 閭隔如第 域之場合 〜Z 6像 ode) 。如此即 址A 2在 區域信號 其須如 設置碟 檢知位 須使用 對位置 脈®及 次。此 等分區 )Z 1 u b c 2 3b 1 -位 信號或 (請先Mt#背面之注意事項再填寫本瓦) —装-- 丁___ .τ t )所示, ,只要在可 可 > 故未必 示即為該相 馬達之回轉 回轉一圈時係發生 由分割時 time 再生倌號 址信號3 知位址A ,在子碼 ,但此賣 因此,如 手段之方 在記錄再 光軌跡中 圖之步驟 4 7 1b 6 7中是 r ,許可 4 7 1 e 間,若為六 slot 之子碼(s 2 3 a、3 1在區域Z 中記錄回轉 料可被禊製 本發明之除 法 > 其防止 生裝置1中 存在有物理 4 7 1 b 進 若為N 0 , 否有暗號貢 其起動。若 再生暗號 成—横—樣,故 光紀錄 禊製·之 1係以 配置表 行至步 則在步 料*若 為Y E 資料, 部以外* 效果甚高 光再生回 5 3 2-騵4 7 1 驟4 7 1 為N 0, S ,則進 並起動記 -30 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標车(CNS ) A4現格(2I0X297公藿) 310421 A7 ___ B7五、發明説明() 45°之位置。通常之CLV用之主盤記錄懺装置,其一 周只發生一回之回轉脈衝*故若:累積兩回轉其誤差將累積 而造成90°之位置僱差。將來卩使不法複製業者可簧 行回轉控剌,藉由本發明之線速度調製,在正規之原盤與 不法複""製之原盤間仍將發生9 0 a之位置差別。而籍由檢、 知此位置差別,即可檢知不法複製之原盤。又 > 已知位置 偏差之檢知分解能可為90° K下。因此|令嬢速度在1 • 2〜1 ·4γπ/1之範園内麥化之場合,如第三丽(a )(b)所示,至少設定為乙1、22、23、24的四 個90°之分割區域,即可檢知不法CD。亦可說四等分 以上之角 度分割即為有效。當然若新開發出極高精度 之CL V用之主盤記錄櫬装置,則不法複製樂者即可作成 完全相同之信號榷圈揉。但是,逋揉的装置在世界上僅有 幾家可能開發,且其並非一種通常使用所必須之機能。而 為保護著作權,藉由限定 此種主盤記錄機裝置之出貨, 即可完全防止不法之複製。接蕃,在第一圈所示之附設有 回轉角度S®器1 7 a之主盤記錄機装置上、藉由輪人之 位址資訊32a之資料 及來自馬達17之回轉角度之 位置買訊32b ,作成物理位置表5 32 ,並籍由暗號缠 碼器5 3 7加以暗號化,並籍由光記錄回路3 7將之記錄 於原盤2之外周部上。籍此•可在第五圈之磲H2之光軌 跡6 5上,於原盤作成時,記錄下被晻號化之梅理配置表 5 32。因此,此碟片即使在沒有磁頭之普通CD_R〇 -2 9- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項尋填寫本頁)The U-line paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2! 0X 297mm A 7 __________B7 V. Invention description () Μ It was established only when recording. The main disk recorder device 5 2 9 of the present invention, as in As shown in the figure, the CLV modulation signal generation part 1 0 a generates the CLV modulation signal, which is sent to the line modulation part 2 6 a under certain circumstances, and to the optical recording circuit 3 7 under certain circumstances. The time_modulation part 3 7 a performs CL_V modulation. When the linear velocity modulation part 26 a is used, as shown in the second drive (, a), the linear velocity can be arbitrarily modulated to the CD standard range 1.2 m / s ~ '1 · 4 m / s. In this case, the online speed is constant, and when it is modulated into a signal by the time axis modulation section " 3 7 a, the same situation can also be observed. In this case, no modification is necessary. Device. It is very difficult for this linear velocity modulation to be detected with high accuracy from the CD side being copied. Because it is recorded without arbitrary control, even the master recording device that made the original disc cannot be copied every time. The original discs made are not the same. Therefore, it is necessary to completely manufacture the linear velocity modulated CD of the present invention. It is impossible. However, because the linear speed of the CD is within the range of 1 · 2πι / 5 ~ 1 · 4γπ / 3, it can be reproduced normally in the normal CD-ROM drive of commercial vendors. Secondly, as in the second (b), imagine that the same data, the linear velocity of M-fixed at 1 · 2γτι / 5, is recorded as the starting point of the occasion where the specific light trajectory 6 5 a is regarded as S, then the end of material recording Point A 1 comes to the position of 360 °. In this case, as shown in the second circle (c), in one turn, from 1.2 m / s to 1, 4rrs / s is uniform: 1 «In case of · Address A The physical position of 3 5 3 9 a comes to the physical position 5 3 9 b of the overseas Chinese difference 3 0 °. Then, in the case of 1 / 2-rebound speed increase, it comes to the physical position 539c with a deviation of 45 °. That is • The maximum changeable wheat in one week _ 2 8-This paper scale is universal Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Tige (2 丨 0X 297 g; t) (please read the precautions of back vt »first and then fill in this 1), -I--HH--ml-fk — installed — Ding r 〇1042l A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (M drives the opposite of the sensor in the sixth picture. For example, the index four pictures (, the signal is determined If it can be accessed from the letter zone Z as before, it will not be reset. Re-route 3 8 will proceed from d and 4 c to the ruler. It is also shown on the pedometer. 3 3 5 Position and complexity The signal, b) 0 of the position — the description, the number of the position 3 〇 constitutes the copied detection back to the first regeneration letter t: Figure 7 1 e Check the magnetic to step 4 7 Renewable must be driven to 0 A 9 0 ° koi. Xinjiang (a Yuqiang .. < · ν-show> Home time slot (face, from the bit number to check the occasion of the simpler m effect. The corner of -J—fgf! / \ Fflpl 'number, if Flow. Step recording part 4 7 1 1 d,... Only | the area of the detection means in the lower actuator is the fifth circle of the M four circle and the corner of the slewing angle 3 2 3 The angle should be detected. In the case where the device is separated like the first domain ~ Z 6 like ode). So the address A 2 in the regional signal must be used if the disc detection bit is set to the position pulse ® and secondary. These partitions) Z 1 ubc 2 3b 1-bit signal or (please pay attention to the notes on the back of Mt # before filling in this tile)-installed-ding___ .τ t), as long as it is in the cocoa, it is not necessarily shown as the rotation of the motor of the phase One cycle occurs when the time division signal 3 is reproduced from the time when the address signal A is known, in the subcode, but this is sold. Therefore, if the method is in the step 4 7 1b 6 7 in the figure of recording the re-light track , Permission 4 7 1 e, if it is a sub-code of six slots (s 2 3 a, 3 1 is recorded in the area Z, the turning material can be controlled by the division of the invention > It prevents the existence of physics 4 7 1 b in the biological device 1. If it is N 0, whether there is a password to trigger it. If the password is regenerated to be horizontal, the optical record control system is the 1st. Go to step, then step material * If it is YE data, outside the part * The effect is very high light regeneration back to 5 3 2- 騵 4 7 1 Step 4 7 1 is N 0, S, then enter and start to record -30 paper size China National Standard Vehicle (CNS) A4 is now available (2I0X297 commonweed) 310421 A7 ___ B7 Fifth, the description of the invention () 45 ° position. Usually the main disk recording device for CLV uses only one rotation pulse once a week * So if: Accumulated two rotations, the error will accumulate and cause a 90 ° positional difference. In the future, even the illegal copying industry can use the rotary control, and by the linear velocity modulation of the present invention, the normal original disk and the illegal recovery "quot; " The position difference of 90 a will still occur between the original discs produced. By checking and knowing this position discrepancy, the original disc illegally copied can be detected. Also > The detection resolution of the known position deviation can be 90 ° K down. So | make the speed in the range of 1 • 2 ~ 1 · 4γπ / 1 in the garden Combined, as shown in the third Lai (a) (b), at least set to four 90 ° division areas of B1, 22, 23, 24, you can detect illegal CD. It can also be said that more than four equal parts Angle division is effective. Of course, if a newly developed master recording device for the CL V with extremely high accuracy is developed, those who can't copy the music can make the same signal loop. However, only a few devices in the world are possible to develop the kneading device, and it is not a function that is generally required for use. In order to protect the copyright, by restricting the shipment of this master recorder device, illegal copying can be completely prevented. Then, on the main disk recorder device with the rotation angle S® device 1 7 a shown in the first circle, use the address information 32a of the wheel man and the rotation angle from the motor 17 to buy the information. 32b, the physical position table 5 32 is prepared, and it is coded by the code coder 5 3 7, and recorded on the outer periphery of the original disc 2 by the optical recording circuit 37. Therefore, you can record the coded Meili configuration table 5 32 on the optical track 6 5 of the fifth round of the 磲 H2 when the original disc is created. Therefore, this disc is even in the ordinary CD_R〇 -2 9- without heads (please read the precautions on the back to fill out this page)

Ik ---- 訂Ik ---- Order

W 本紙法尺度通用中國國冢樣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公;t ) £ 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 方面,主盤紀錄機装置可在0 · 00 之線速度精度下刻蝕信號漕。在此, 之規格,係設有線速=土 0 · 0 遵守此CD規格,如第十一圓(a) 格内使孃速度例如由1 · 20m/s s 。此埸合如第--鼴(c) ( d ) 同一位址之角度之物理配置•僅偏差 a至539b。化-十三_所示,若 設置可檢知此5 · 9度之角度偏藿之 5 ,則可辨別此物理配置之不同。C 之分解能,即一圈可作1 / 6 0 Μ上 度®懕器3 3 5 S卩可。此種回轉角度 係掲示於第十六圈 之記 中。將馬達1 7的FG等的回轉角度 之脈衝,藉由碟片物理配置檢知部5 部553中之時間分割回路553a 使其一回轉方可得到一次之回轉臓銜 ±5%之時間精度之遢合,因可作2 8°左右之角度分解能。有關其動作 (b ) (c)加以說明。若為CD, 之偏心,故將發生因其偏心所導致之 CD規格之碟片,因偏心•將發生在 度之角度测量誤差。因此,若為須要 作為主 / s之 (b ) 上昇至 所示· 5 · 9 於Sg錄 回轉角 D之場 之角度 想應器 錄再生 感應器 5 6中 ,加以 s之相當鼹密 齷記錄懺装置 C D規格。為 所示,可在規 1 · 2 礫片轉 度*即 再生 度感應 合,具 分割之 3 5 5 装置之 17a 角度位 時間分 2m/ ―圈, 5 3 9 裝置脚 器3 3 由6 ° 回轉角 之構成 方塊圖 所_出 置檢知 剌,而 信號時,洌如可獾得 0等分,故可獾得1 ,參照第四画(a ) 因具有士 200um 角度测最誤差。若為 P — P上最大〇 8 1 °之角度测量分解 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ' nil— - _ - - I II *- I- - i -......PI i J . 、1Τ .1 線 3 2 本紙法尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) A7 _ B7 五、發明説明()W This paper method scale is universally applicable to the China National Tomb Sample Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 g; t) £ 310421 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (In respect, the master recorder device can be etched at a linear speed accuracy of 0 · 00 Signal Cao. Here, the specification is set to line speed = soil 0 · 0. Observe this CD specification, such as the eleventh circle (a), the speed of the mother in the grid is from 1 · 20m / ss. -The physical configuration of the angle of the same address (c) (d) • Only the deviation from a to 539b. As shown in Figure 13-if the setting can detect the angle deviation of 5 · 9 degrees, it can be Identify the difference in this physical configuration. The decomposition energy of C, that is, one circle can be used as 1/6 0 Μ high temperature ® 3 3 5 S Jie. This rotation angle is shown in the sixteenth circle. The motor The pulses of the rotation angle of FG such as 1 7 are obtained by the time division circuit 553a in the 5 parts 553 of the disc physical configuration detection part 5, so that one rotation can obtain a time accuracy of ± 5% of the rotation. , Because it can be resolved at an angle of about 28 °. The action (b) (c) will be explained. If it is CD, the eccentricity will occur due to its eccentricity. Due to the eccentricity, the disc measurement error will occur in degrees due to eccentricity. Therefore, if it is required to be the main / s (b), it will rise to the indicated value. 5 · 9 Record the field of rotation angle D at Sg Angular imaging device recording and reproducing sensor 5 6, add s to the equivalent of the densely recorded recording device CD specifications. As shown, it can be used in the regulation 1 · 2 Grain rotation * that is the regeneration degree sensing, with a division of 3 5 5 The 17a angle position of the device is 2m / -circle, 5 3 9 The device foot 3 3 is composed of a 6 ° rotation angle block diagram _ out of the detection detection signal, and the signal, such as the badger can get 0, etc. Points, so badger can get 1, refer to the fourth picture (a) because it has a measurement error of ± 200um angle. If it is P — P, the maximum angle measurement resolution of 〇1 1 ° (please read the precautions on the back before filling in This page) 'nil—-_--I II *-I--i -...... PI i J., 1Τ .1 line 3 2 This paper method standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications ( 210Χ 297 mm) A7 _ B7 5. Description of the invention ()

錄於驅動器之R 0M或磁磔中之暗諕解碼器5 34之暗號 解讀程式,而解讀暗號,在步驟47 1 f ,則作成物理配 置表532 ,即An : Zn之區域位址對應表。在步驟4 7 1 w,將檢査媒鼸内是否存在有碟片檢查程式,若為N 0 ,則進行至步隳4 7 1 p ,若為_Y E S ,則在步驟4 7 ^ 1 s起動記錄於碟片内之碟片檢置程式。在步爨47 1 f 之碟片檢査程式中,首先,在步驟47 1 h使n = 0 ,而 在步驟471 i使n = n+ l ,在步驟471j ,在驅動 器脷,找尋碟片2之位址An ,並再生之。在步驟471 k ,藉由前述之位址位置檢知手段3 3 5檢知位置霣訊Z ,η並鑰出。在步软i471m,檢視Z’ n = Zn,若為 N〇,在步驟47 1 u判定其為不法拷貝之CD,將”不 法拷貝之CD”之訊息送出至顯示部1 6 ,在步驟47 1 s令其STOP。在步驟47 lm若為YES ,在步驟4 7 1 η檢査η =最後,若為N 0則回到步驟4 7 1 i ,若 為YES ,則前進至步驟47 1 p。在步驟47 1 p將檢 査驅動器側之ROM或RAM内是否有磔片檢査程式,若 為NO時,在步驟471 r啟動软髓。若為YES ,在步 驟47 1 q起動碟片檢査程式。此内容與步驟47 1 t完 全相同。若為NO則進行步驟47 1 u 、47 1 s 。若為 YES ,則在步驟47 1 r開始再生碟片内之耽髗。在目 前所生產之CD音響中,於再生線埋度之變化在1 · 2〜 1 · 4m/s間之磲片時,可蠹無問騸地再生原信號。一 -3 1 - 本紙張尺度適用t國國家樣率(CNS ) Α4规格(210X 297公藿) (請先W讀背面之·.η!意事項再填寫本頁)The password decoding program recorded in the R 0M of the drive or the dark decoder 5 34 in the magnetic tunnel, and the decoding of the password, in step 47 1 f, a physical configuration table 532 is created, that is, An: Zn regional address correspondence table. In step 4 7 1 w, it will be checked whether there is a disc check program in the medium. If it is N 0, proceed to step 4 7 1 p, if it is _YES, then start recording in step 4 7 ^ 1 s The disc placement program in the disc. In the disc check program for step 47 1 f, first, n = 0 in step 47 1 h, and n = n + l in step 471 i, and find the position of disc 2 in the drive at step 471j Address An, and regenerate it. In step 471 k, the location information Z, η is detected by the aforementioned address location detection means 3 3 5 and keyed out. In step soft i471m, check Z 'n = Zn, if it is N〇, in step 47 1 u judge that it is an illegally copied CD, and send the message of “illegally copied CD” to the display unit 16 in step 47 1 s makes it STOP. If lm is YES in step 47, check η = last in step 4 7 1 η, return to step 4 7 1 i if it is N 0, and proceed to step 47 1 p if it is YES. In step 47 1 p, it will check whether there is a dimple check program in the ROM or RAM on the drive side. If it is NO, start the soft marrow in step 471 r. If YES, start the disc check program at step 47 1 q. This content is exactly the same as step 47 1 t. If NO, proceed to steps 47 1 u and 47 1 s. If it is YES, then in step 471 r start to reproduce the delay in the disc. In the currently produced CD audio, the original signal can be reproduced without any problem when the burial degree of the reproduction line changes between 1.2 m and 1.4 m / s. 1 -3 1-This paper scale is applicable to the national sample rate of country t (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 commonweed) (please read the back of the ..η! And then fill out this page)

A7 310421 __ B7 五、發明説明() 能之場合,則將無法測量。為遴免此情形,若須要离精度 之角度分解能時,可於第十六圓中之角度位置檢知部5 5 3設置偏心量檢知部5 5 3 c ,Μ檢知循心量,並藉由偏 心量補正部5 5 3 b實行補正演翼,Μ補正因儸心所造成 之影響。以下說明有關此儸心最之檐知及補正值之潇算方 法。如第十九圔(a)所示,完全沒育偏心時,碟片之同 —半徑上2:A、B、C三點為0a = 0b = 0c時,該三 角形之中心即為|Γ正之磔Η中心557 。買際上,如第十 九圖(b)所示,因碟片之偏心或碟片装設時之偏差•將 產生偏心559。如第十九圔(b)所示,繭由角度慼懕 器353檢知三點之位址A、B 、C之相對角度,碟片之 回轉中心558和輿正之碟片中心557之僱楚L’ a -如圖所示,可藉由L* a = f (0a,eb,0c)之演 算求出。在偏心補正部5 5 3 b *使用該演算所得之偏 心量•補正演算回轉角度慼應器1 7 a之回轉角信號,藉 此,S卩可補正偏心之影響•故可獾得將角度分解能提昇至 1 °以下之精度之效果,而可使不法碟片之檢知精度更高 。Μ前述之6°左右之低分解能檢知角度位置時,在正規 及不法磲片之判別结果上•其要由求要有相當之嚴謹度。 持別是將正規之碟片判定為不法者*將帶给使用者偌大之 損矢,故必須絕對遴開之。為此,如第十四醒之流程圖之 步驟551 t 、551u 、551ν所示,對判定為不法 之位址,追蹤2次以上之複数次並再生之,》由該檢査 -3 3 - 本紙浃尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) Α4说格(210Χ 297公釐) (請先Μ讀背&之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 310421 __ B7 5. Description of the invention () If it can, it will not be measured. In order to avoid this situation, if the angle resolution from accuracy is required, an eccentricity detection unit 5 5 3 c can be provided in the angular position detection unit 5 5 3 in the sixteenth circle, Μ detects the eccentricity, and The eccentricity correction unit 5 5 3 b implements the correction of the wings, and the correction of M is due to the influence of the heart. The following describes the calculation method of the best knowledge and correction value of this heart. As shown in nineteenth (a), when there is no eccentricity at all, the discs are the same-radius 2: A, B, C three points are 0a = 0b = 0c, the center of the triangle is | Γ positive 557 Center 癔 Η. On the buying occasion, as shown in Figure 19 (b), eccentricity will occur due to disc eccentricity or disc deviation during installation. As shown in nineteenth (b), the cocoon detects the relative angles of the three-point addresses A, B, and C from the angle qi device 353, the rotation center 558 of the disc, and the disc center 557 of Yuzheng. L 'a-As shown in the figure, it can be obtained by the calculation of L * a = f (0a, eb, 0c). 5 5 3 b in the eccentricity correction part * Use the eccentricity obtained by this calculation • Correct the rotation angle signal of the calculation rotation angle adaptor 1 7 a, by which the influence of the eccentricity can be corrected. Therefore, the angle can be decomposed into energy The effect of improving the accuracy to below 1 ° can make the detection accuracy of illegal discs higher. Μ When the aforementioned low resolution of about 6 ° can detect the angular position, the judgment results of the regular and unlawful tablets should be quite rigorous. The discrimination is to determine that the normal disc is illegal * will bring great damage to the user, so it must be absolutely selected. For this reason, as shown in steps 551 t, 551u, and 551ν of the flowchart of the fourteenth wake-up, the addresses determined to be illegal are tracked multiple times more than two times and regenerated, "by the inspection-3 3-Original paper The standard applies to China National Standards (CNS) Α4 format (210Χ 297mm) (please read the precautions before filling in this page)

_____f i______IT 線 A 7 B7 310421 五、發明説明() K避開錯誤之判定。其基本之流程圈因與第七匾相同故省 路之,Μ下僅說明追加之步驟。在步驟5 5 1 Γ判定為非 在容許值内時,在步驟5 5 1 t對位址A η作禊數次再追 蹤’在步驟5 5 I u檢知掲示A η之相對角度之區域號瑪 Ζ’ η,在步驟551ν作相同之禊數次檢査Μ確定其是^ 否在容許值内,若為YE S則視為正規碟Η ,並進行步驟 55 1 s 。若為NO則視為不法碟片,進行步驟47 1 u 、47 1 s ,而不允許該程式動作。又,作為防止錯惡判 斷之另一方法,可藉由追加之统計處理,逯商其判定精度 。如第十二圖(a)所示,正.規之原盤,其角度—位址、 角度-循跡方向、位址-循跡方向、角度-信號懵深度、 位址-信號懵深度等之頻次分布僳如第1表所示。在ft , 如表2所示,選擇持定資料並以驅動器再生時,像選擇易 分辨之樣本位址之資料。然後,如Μ十二画(b)所示, 再生成形之碟片,並找出表3之黑色部份所示之自容許值 偏差之信號部,並如表4所示,將自容許值《差之異常值 自表列中刪除。中,雖攥示角度~位址配置之頻次分布 ,但倌號懵深度之分布與位址一循跡量之分布,亦可得到 相同之效果。賴此,因可將不易辨別、亦即容易被判定為 錯誤之拷貝防止信號部自表列中排除,故Μ驅動器再生時 •可減少再生時發生錯誤判定之 機會。藉由再次追蹤前 述之2次以上被判斷為不法之位址,可滅低錯誤判定之機 會。一方面,若為不法複製原盤時,如第十二謂(c)所 * 3 4 ~ 本紙法尺度遢用中國國家揉率(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X 297公釐) {請先KlTt背面之注意事項耳填寫本頁)_____f i______IT line A 7 B7 310421 V. Description of invention () K Avoid judgment of error. The basic process circle is the same as the seventh plaque, so it saves the road. Only the additional steps are explained below. In step 5 5 1 Γ, if it is determined not to be within the allowable value, in step 5 5 1 t, the address A η is tracked several times and then tracked again. In step 5 5 I u, the area number indicating the relative angle of A η is detected. Ma Z ′ η, in step 551ν, perform the same inspection several times to determine whether it is within the allowable value, if it is YES, it is regarded as a regular dish H, and proceed to step 55 1 s. If it is NO, it is regarded as an illegal disc. Steps 47 1 u and 47 1 s are carried out without allowing the program to operate. In addition, as another method to prevent wrong judgments, the accuracy of the judgment can be negotiated through additional statistical processing. As shown in the twelfth figure (a), the original regular pattern, the frequency of its angle-address, angle-tracking direction, address-tracking direction, angle-signal depth, address-signal depth, etc. The distribution is shown in Table 1. In ft, as shown in Table 2, when selecting the holding data and regenerating it with the drive, it is like selecting the data of the easily distinguishable sample address. Then, as shown in Μ12 画 (b), regenerate the disc, and find the signal part of the self-tolerance deviation shown in the black part of Table 3, and as shown in Table 4, the self-tolerance value "Outliers of difference are deleted from the table. In the middle, although the angle ~ frequency distribution of the address configuration is shown, the distribution of the depth of the No. 1 and the distribution of the tracking amount of the address can also obtain the same effect. Due to this, since the copy prevention signal portion that is difficult to discern, that is, easy to be judged as an error can be excluded from the list, the regeneration of the M drive can reduce the chance of erroneous judgment during regeneration. By tracing the address judged to be illegal twice or more, the chance of erroneous judgment can be eliminated. On the one hand, if it is illegal to copy the original disc, as in the twelfth sentence (c) * 3 4 ~ The standard of the paper method is to use the Chinese national rubbing rate (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X 297 mm) (Notes to fill out this page)

310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 示,因係謂取已成形之碟片位址 如表5所示 而作成原 或然率之 述,因碟 資料之選 非常接近 如第十二 所製成之 為如表6 之物理配 配置信號 式之動作 ~位址之 >藉由成 1(b) 其深度將 複製碟片 之場合, 第十二鼷 貝之再生 第十六躕 部中係具 4、信號 度位置寶 盤,故 園内 片物理 擇作業 容許值 麵(d 光碟上 之分布 置信號 5 5 2 將淨止 C P ( 形沖饜 所示之 大幡變 在製造 將可賦 之可檢 装置及 所示, -*5T jfaSL. >ι^ί 有角度 榷深度 訊Ζ * 笛先將 之C Ρ 配置表 。因此 Ρ艮度之 )所示 ,將被 *而作 5 5 2 b -因 ,而可 COP ,將分 信號槽 化,因 時其產 與強力 知及防 流程_ 具有碟 位置檢 檢知部 η 、循 將發生 倌號。 故無法 物理配 容許值 法原盤 所造& 份所示 碟片上 跫程式 之使用 E C T 。相對 因蝕刻 係甚為 。因此 能。在 配置之 置1保 知部5 循跡變 檢知部 IV Tir -fcA. ΖΓ 此時, 實行如 置區將 之C P 施Μ成 之誤差 之超過 所持有 所檢出 。如此 )信號 於此* 及成形 困難, 定之 如前所 表2之 存在有 信號。 形沖歷 *而成 容許值 之物理 ,故程 ,角度 之分布 第十1: 條件> 故不法 (請先*3讀背面之注意事項再填寫本育) ____f 裝--310421 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (showing that, because it is taken to take the formed disc address as shown in Table 5, it is described as the probability of probability, because the choice of disc data is very close to that made by the twelfth. Table 6: Physically-configured signal-type actions ~ address> If the disc will be copied by its depth of 1 (b), the twelfth rebellion is reproduced in the sixteenth part. The location of the treasure plate, the allowable value of the physical selection of the film in the home garden (d The disc layout signal 5 5 2 on the disc will change the CP (the large scale shown in the shape of the table will be available in the manufacturing of the detectable device and shown ,-* 5T jfaSL. ≫ ι ^ ί Angled depth information Z * The flute will be the C Ρ configuration table. Therefore, as shown in), it will be used as 5 5 2 b-due to COP, will be divided into signals, due to its production and strong knowledge and prevention process _ has a disc position detection and detection unit η, the number will be generated according to the cycle. Therefore, it is impossible to physically configure the discs made by the original disk of the allowable value method. The use of on-chip FP program ECT. Relative to the etching system is very. So can. In the configuration Set 1 protection section 5 tracking change detection section IV Tir-fcA. ZΓ At this time, if the error of the CP applied by the set area exceeds the detection of the held. So) the signal is here * and It is difficult to form, and it is determined that there is a signal as shown in Table 2 above. The shape of the pulse history * becomes the physical value of the allowable value, the distribution of the process and the angle. Tenth 1: Conditions > (Fill in this education again) ____f Install--

'IT .1 k 票 Ϊ. 乂 t (防止拷貝) 無法被篡改| >不法-原盤之 黄料·或超越 ,在此種自不 添增成形偏差 成 如塗黑部 b。此棰不法 將被 碟片檢 防止拷貝碟片 Y P R 〇 丁 散於小範園内 深度之場合, 其精密度控制 量將大蝠降低 之防止拷貝機 止碟片之物理 。記錄再生装 片物理配置檢 知部5 5 3、 5 5 5等三個 ,信虢榷深度 此·說明有II 頻次分布被拷 如第十三画及 5 6 ,該檢知 位檢知部5 5 其可檢知角 - 3 5 - 本紙法尺度通用中國國家標準(CMS ) A4規格(2丨0X 297公釐) A7 __ B7 五、發明説明() 跡荽位Τ’ η、信號槽深度D, η,而輸出檐知倌號。籍 由確認位址檢知部5 5 7之信號A ’ η和時間性之一致, 可獲得 A’ n — Z’ n、A’ n — T* n、A’ n — D’ η 和 Ζ’ η — 丁* η、Ζ’ η — D’ η、 丁’ n — D’ η 之對應資料。在將該等資料籍由晻號解瑪器5 34加Μ復 元,所成之正規基準碟片物理配置表532之An 、Ζη 、Τη 、Dn和對照部535中,藉由對照,如發現為不 法碟片’ SP藉 ^ 由輸出/動作停止手段5 3 6 停止該碟片之程式之動作。 其次,說明有闞使用統記 方法減少碟片判定錯誤情形之流程鼴。第十四麵中,與第 七圈相同之部份保省略,而蕃重於磲片物理配置賁料之第 十二圔之表1〜6所示之分布頻次,並僅限定說明有闥不 法磲片之判定之部份。首先,於礫片檢萱程式4 7 1 t中 ,於碟片檢査程式和懕用程 式之各處設致檢查點,Μ檢 査步驟 551w 之 CP(COPY PROTECT)睡 號解除程式,亦即第+六圈中之暗號解碼器5 3 4中之基 準物理配置表5 3 2之暗號之解除用之R S A等之單方向 性函數演簞部5 34 c所被包括之第一暗號解碼器5 34 a是否被雯更為不法,亦即*是否被篡改為不法並被籍由 不法之暗號解碼器予Μ不合法地解除其晻號,缕由每次之 檢査,若察覺其為YE S時,即中止其動作。驩此,可防 止不法複製業者將第一暗號解碼器5 34 a換成不法之暗 號解碼器|故可提高暗號之安全度,而巨有強化防止他人 -3 6 - 本紙張尺度通用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(21 ox 297公釐:i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項毒填寫本f )'IT .1 k votes Ϊ. Q t (to prevent copying) cannot be tampered with | > Illegal-the original material of the yellow material · or beyond, in this kind of self does not add forming deviation into the blackened part b. This method will be checked by the disc to prevent copying the disc Y P R 〇 Ding scattered in the depth of the small fan garden, its precision control amount will reduce the bat to prevent the copying machine from stopping the physical disc. The recording and replay loading physical configuration detection unit 5 5 3, 5 5 5 and so on. The depth of the question is questionable. It means that there are II frequency distributions such as the thirteenth painting and 5 6. 5 Its detectable angle-3 5-General Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X 297mm) of the paper method scale A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention () Trace position Τ ′ η, signal slot depth D , Η, and output eaves know the number. By confirming that the signal A 'η of the address detection unit 5 5 7 is consistent with the time, A' n — Z ′ n, A ′ n — T * n, A ′ n — D 'η and Z ′ can be obtained η — Ding * η, Z 'η — D' η, D 'n — D' η corresponding data. In the An, Zη, Τη, Dn and control section 535 of the normal reference disc physical configuration table 532, which is formed by the decryption device 5 34 and M recovery of these data, by comparison, if found as Illegal disc 'SP borrowed by output / action stop means 5 3 6 Stop the program action of the disc. Next, explain the process of using Kan to reduce the disc judgment error by using the record method. In the fourteenth aspect, the same part as the seventh circle is omitted, and the focus is on the distribution frequency shown in Tables 1 to 6 of the twelfth image of the physical configuration of the tablets. Judgment part First, set a checkpoint in the disc inspection program and the application program in the gravel inspection program 4 7 1 t, and the CP (COPY PROTECT) sleep number release program in the M inspection step 551w, that is, the + Cipher decoder in six circles 5 3 4 Reference physical configuration table 5 3 2 RSA and other unidirectional function demonstrating unit 5 34 c for the release of the password 5 34 c The first password decoder 5 34 a included Whether it is more illegal by Wen, that is, * whether it has been tampered with and illegally decoded by the illegal code decoder to illegitimately remove the code, will be checked every time, if it is detected as YES Abort its action. This will prevent illegal copy companies from replacing the first password decoder 5 34 a with an illegal password decoder | so it can improve the security of the password, and greatly strengthen the prevention of others-3 6-This paper standard is generally used in China. Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21 ox 297 mm: i (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this f)

310421 A7 B7五、發明説明() 複製之效果。其次,說明步驟551f 。在此步璨,對於 角度位置,係測定特定之位址 之位置•並測 定區域號碼之基準物理配置表5 3 2之基準角上之钃差最 之分布狀態。若定義m = 0為無偏夔狀態,而m = 土 η為 η涸區~域產生偏差時,在步驟551g ,m = — 1 ,在步^ 班55 1h’m=m+l ,在步驟55 1 i ,檢置K测置 之角度區域η是否有m涸傾夔,若為NO Μ回到步驟 5 5 1 h ,若為ΫΊ έ則在步驟5 5 1 j追加到Ζ, η之 偏差分布表列中•而漸次作成僞蘂悬之分布表。在步驟5 5 1 k ,若已是最後,則進行下一步驟47 1 η ,若為Ν 〇則回到步驟5 5 1 h。如此,如第十六_所示,將逐次 測量特並位址之角度位置、循跡位移、信號漕深度和角度 /位址位置等之基準間之偏差之分布狀態。碟片檢査程式 471 t中之步驟551mi係_由正當性判別程式*在 步驟5 5 1 η中·將被暗號化並E錄於磁性曆或光記錄層 之例如位址η之角度配置Ζ’ η之自基準值偏差所產生之 偏差最m之最大容許值Pn (m),暗號復元化並讚出, 並檢査前述之步驟5 5 1 f之物理位置偏差分布测量程式 所作成之第十八麵所示之偏差分布表5 5 6 a和綦準之物 理配置表532a ,以判斷碟片之興假。茴先,在步驟5 51p,m = 0,在步驟551q ,m =m十1 ,在步 驟55 1 r檢査其是否在容許值之範画内。藉由檢視Z' η之數目是否比第十八騙之p n ( m )為小•以檢査其是 -3 7 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫泉頁) --11- 1 t^m - - *--— 1 I -i - - - nnf · 員‘裝--310421 A7 B7 V. Description of invention () The effect of copying. Next, step 551f will be described. In this step, for the angular position, the position of a specific address is determined, and the reference physical configuration of the area number is measured. Table 5 3 2 The distribution of the maximum difference in the reference angle of the reference angle. If m = 0 is defined as an unbiased state, and m = soil η is a deviation from η 涸 区 ~ domain, in step 551g, m = — 1, in step ^ Class 55 1h'm = m + l, in step 55 1 i, check whether the angle area η measured by K has m tilt, if it is NO Μ, go back to step 5 5 1 h, if it is ΫΊ έ, then add to Z, η deviation in step 5 5 1 j In the list of distribution tables, the distribution table of pseudo-core suspension is gradually made. In step 5 5 1 k, if it is the last, then proceed to the next step 47 1 η, if it is N 〇, then return to step 5 5 1 h. In this way, as shown in 16th_, the distribution of the deviations between the benchmarks of the angular position, tracking displacement, signal depth and angle / address position of the special merged address will be measured successively. Step 551mi in the disc inspection program 471 t is based on the judging program of legitimacy * in step 5 5 1 η. It will be coded and recorded in the magnetic calendar or optical recording layer such as the angle η of the address η ' The maximum allowable value Pn (m) for the deviation of η from the reference value deviation is the most m, the password is restored and praised, and the eighteenth eighteenth of the physical position deviation distribution measurement program made in step 5 5 1 f The deviation distribution table 5 5 6 a shown above and Qi Zhun's physical configuration table 532 a are used to judge whether the disc is in use or not. First, in step 5 51p, m = 0, in step 551q, m = m x 1, and in step 55 1 r check whether it is within the allowable value. By checking whether the number of Z 'η is smaller than the pn (m) of the eighteenth cheat • To check whether it is -3 7-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in the spring page) --11- 1 t ^ m--* --— 1 I -i---nnf

、1T h 本纸法尺度適用中國國家標车(CNS ) A4規格(2!0X 297公釐) 310421 A1 __ B7 五、發明説明() 否在容許值之範園内。若為NO則進行上述之步驟5 5 1 f *再度追蹤該位址,若不行則判定其為不法,若為0 K 則進行步驟5 5 1 S。在步驟5 5 1 Γ若為Y E S則進行 步驟551 s 若為最末,則進行步驟47 1 p ,若為 N ◦則''回到步驟5 5 1 d。如此*藉由測量Z ’ η之相對·、 於Ζ η之谝差分布·進行若在容許« Κ内則為正規磲片, 若在容許值以外則為不法碟片之判定之統記處理。?S此, 可獾得將正規碟片'$判為不法磲片之櫬率及其相反之機垄 被滅低之效果。又 > 在第十四圈之流程圈中,在步騄5 5 1 a ,藉由如第十六_所示之亂數發生器5 8 3等之孅機 抽出器58 2 ,對暗號解碼器534或磁性再生回路3 0 ·送出部份性選揮信號,選擇記錄有暗號之全軌跡之一 部份之磁性軌跡或光軌跡,追蹤並再生之。藉此,因只須 追蹤暗號賣料全部中之一部份,例如一萬個中之1 0 00 個左右即可,其櫬械性之追蹤時間將被縮短,而具有締短 禊製檢査時間之效果。又,随機抽出器5 8 2保對暗號解 磚器5 34送出選擇信號,實行被再生之暗號資料之部份 資料之暗號解除。例如,若為5 1 2b i t之鼙方向性函 數.之暗號時,於其暗號解除,K3 2位元之電腦為例,亦 須要數分之一秒。但是•藉由採用此部份選擇方式*可得 到縮短晻號解 讚時間之效果。蘋由亂數發生 器5 84,因每此僅須檢薏最低須要之漾品量•即每次僅 須檢査不同之樣品霣科,例如在1 0 0 0 0黏之揉本黏中 ~ 3 8 ~ 未紙悵尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4蚬格(2丨0X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意筝項再填寫本1) * -1 ϋ(9 n ij m^i Km 裝 訂 k级丨 fK^i nn An amw 1^1^1 —pm A? B7 五、發明説明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項苒填莴本頁) ,每回只檢査1 0 0個樣本點之条統上,其最後亦將檢査 全部之1 0000個樣本點。因此,複製粟#必須將1 〇 〇0 0個樣本點全部之物理配置複製成與基準磲片為完全 相同之形狀。因複製全部的樣本點之角度、循跡最、信號 檷深度係甚為困難,其防止禊製之效果甚高《箱由追加此 随徹抽出器582 ,可實現不失高度防止複製效果,而可 大幡縮短碟片檢査時間之宏效。現在 > 再回到第十三鼴及 第十六画之記錄再'"生装置之式作說明。第十六_之記錄 再生装置1之磲片物理配置檢知部中,除上述之角度位置 檢知部553外,復設有循跡量檢知部554及倌號播深 度檢知部555的兩個檢知部。苢先,循跡最檢知部55 4 ,接受光謓頭6之循跡控制部24之可測嫌顫動(wo b b 1 i n g)等之循跡錯誤檢知回路般之循跡量感應器 24 a所送來之位址η之循跡量Τ η ,测量循跡量和其它 之A’ n、Z’ n、D' η 等之其它檢知信號間之時 間一致性·而作成Τ ' η ,並輪 出至對照部5 3 5。从 第二十圃(a) ( b )說明此原理。在第二十圖(a)之 正規碟片上|位址A 1之物理位置5 3 9於原盤作成時係 被添加顗動等之循跡方向之調製。因此,在外颺方向,其 循跡動作將偏移。若將此定義為Τ 1 = + 1 ,在位址A2 之物理位置539b ,T2 = — 1 。此資訊可在原盤作 成時或原盤作成後判別出,並被作成基準物理配鶩表5 3 2 ,復被暗號化,並記錄於媒體2。其次,在Μ二十麵( -3 9- 本紙張尺反通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4«l格(210X 297公釐) 310421 五、發明説明() b)所示之不法複製媒鳙2上,通常不會適加循跡位移。 又,即使其追加循跡位移•如_所示,角度區域Z 1上之 位址A1、A2之循跡位移Τ’ 1 ^ I f 2分別成為洌如 0 1 + 1 ,其測得之碟片物理配置表5 5 6與正規礤片之 基準物^里配置表5 3 2將有所不同。因此,可蘋由第十六 圚之碟片檢查部533之對照部535將之檢出,而藉由 輸出/動作停止手段5 3 6停止程式之鑰出、程式之動作 、或苐二暗號解if器534b之應用程式之_號解讀,並 將"不法拷貝碟片"之訊患輸出至顬示部1 6。第十六 之情形,碟片檢査程式本身因係被第二晻號解碼器5 34 b暗號化,故碟片檢g程式5 3 3之篡改變得困難,而可 提高防止複製之效果。其次,說明信Γ懵深度檢知部。如 第+六圖所示,來自光讚頭6之光再生信號將被送至倌號 播檢知部555之包絡線(enve 1 ope)等之振幡 、調製度之變動或多值位準限幡器等之振幅量檢知部5 5 5 a ·由該振幅變化中可檢知倌號槽深度*將檢知輸出D ’ η送至對照部535,將之與綦準物理配置表532之 資料對照。其對照若發 現不同則進入拷貝防止動作3 如此,如第二十一圈(a) ( b ) ( c ) (d)所示,位 址An、角度Zn、循跡位移量Τη 、信號槽深度Dn之 四個檢査參數,因可對一個樣本點之物理位置5 3 9 a、 539b、539c分別檢查*故複製時,須複製全部之 樣本點上之四個參數之條件完全一致之原盤方可。欲以高 -4 0 * 本紙法·尺度通用中國國家標準(CMS ) A4規格(2!〇x 297公藿) {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本!) --{ 裝------訂 經濟部中夬樣隼局貝工消费合作,社印艾 A / ___B7 五'發明説明() 相同率壤製滿滿足上述條泮之原盤者m甚為困難。因此· 可賫現強力之防止拷貝功效。持別是在改變®度後,欲複 製匯聚不同深度之信號懵之信號漕群者|缲蕞困難,並使 相同率滅低,而使其不苻經濟性。本發明之壜合,如第三 十六圖所示,在步隳584a,洌如在圃一原貉上之10 、 〇〇组信號《中,以記錄_出、脈衡椹度等1 0 0 0組不 同之記錄條件•加Μ記錄時,在步驟5 84 bM —定相同 率,例如1/2 cT〇之相同率,製作出五組合乎條件之信 號槽群。在步理[5 64 c ·將此合格之信號《詳之物理配 置等,以雷射光從原盤上躇由螢幕顯示將之找出。在步猱 5 84d ,作成合格信號播群之物理配置表,在步驟5 8 4e實行物理配置表之暗號化,在步驟584 f ,若為光 記錄部,則在步驟5 8 4 s將此暗號紀錄於原盤之第二感 光部572a 。在步驟584h ,對原盤注人塑謬,以形 成光磲,在步鞣584丨形成反射膜|在步鼸584j若 無磁性層則完成,若有,則在步驟5 8 4 k作成磁性記錄 部,在步驟5 84m將暗號記錄於磁性記錄部*而完成光 碟之製作。於原盤作成後,测量信號樓深度,並加以睹號 化·並記錄配置表 > 玫原盤作成時之相同率可破提高至近 乎100%。 在此,說明有關信號權深度檢知部555 中之倌號«深度之檢知法。第十t驪(a)之不法«製碟 片之信號槽56 1 a〜f ,涂為间樣深度。而在第十ir_ (b)之正規碟片之信號蠼中,信號》560c 、d ' e -41- 本纸ft尺度遢用中國國家標率(CNS ) Α4现格(210X29?公釐) (請先聞讀背面之:^意事項耳填窵本頁) .I------ ----— 訂— 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 之深度較淺。因此|如第十七疆(c)所示.再生脈衝5 62c 、d 、e之極®變低,在多位準限幡器555b之 綦準限幡位準SO ,如第十t廳(f)雖可_出,但在檢 知甩限傾位_ S 1 ,則如蒹十t _ ( d )所示無有_出。 因此,藉由採取S1之相反®和SO之钃轘乘稹.如第十.、 七圔(8:)所示,1在正規碟片之壜合,可得到複製防止 信號563c 、563d 、563e =在不法磲片上,因 檢知用限幅位準S'、之输出埋鑛而成為1 ,故不被輸出瘦 製防止信號。因此,可檢知複製碟片。又,此情形下,如 第十t圈(e)所示,光輸出波形之包絡線之振幡之滅低 或調製率之滅低,保可由振幡悬檢知部5 5 5檢知.即使 獾得S 1之相反符號亦可得到同燦之效果。從第二十三麵 之防止禊製效果之比較表印可潇楚了解,通常之CD或Μ D之原盤作成装置,因不具有角度控剌機能,其角度方向 之碟片檢査,亦極A ,係為有效。一方面,霤射碟片(L D)用、MD用或CD用之ROM用之原盤作成装置,因 不具有類動|即循跡方向之控制手段,故循跡方向之位移 ,亦即B ,係為有效。一方面,深度方向,亦即C ,若被 添加於習知之回路時 > 則输人回路中須要有振幡或讕製度 之檢知回路,玫以現有之CD用I C係無法檢知。因此, 在目前•薙由A + B,不但其防止禊製效果甚高,且其與 既有之I C具有互換性,玫對CD 、MD而畜,其為最具 效果之組合。在現狀之原螌作成装置中,A + B ·即角度 -4 2 * 本紙法尺度通;譎圔家揉^ ( CNS ) A4洗格(2〖〇Χ297々|ΓΪ (請先siTt背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) I . I - jl -II- ..... —I— - - · ...... . « - -1 · —L -裝! 丁 、-* 级 A7 ___ B7 _ 五、發明説明() 方向和循跡方向之兩涵參敝之組合之檢蜜方式係為最有效 者。 此一對角度方向和循跡方向和信號播深度疵加調 製之》片之原盤装置像如第二十四麵所示3 Μ二十□匯之 主盤記錄機装置5 2 9 ,其在基本上與已說明之第一匾之 主盤記錄鳋装置具有近乎相同之成及鼬作,玫省略其說、 明•而(1敉述其相異處。首先•說明有關循跡調製方式, 系统倥制部中,係具有循跡調製信號發生部564 ,對循 跡控剌部2 4 _送^製信號,並裉據基準軌跡間距24 a •實行一定半徑r 0之循跡。在循跡半徑r 〇 = d r·之範 園内•施以顫動之調製處理 > 因此,在原盤572上•將 作成如第二十圖(a) (b)所示之铊行之軌跡。此循跡 位移量,將被送到位置賣訊输入部3 2 b之循跡位移資訊 部32S。在防止拷貝信號發生部565中,將作成第十 三画所示之表列有位址An 、角度Ζ η 、鼯跡位移量Τη 、和信號《深度Dn之基準物理®置表5 3 2 ,並以暗號 编碼器5 3 7將之晻號化成暗號。此睹號儀被記錄於第三 十二圃、第三十三圖所示之没於原盤外周部之第二原盤5 7 2 a ,或第三十四_、第三十五圖中之設於外周部之第 二領域之原盤上。又,信號槽深度方向之調製D η亦可玀 立附加。第二十四圓之条统控剌部1 0中具宵光_出綢製 信號發生部566 ,播由將光紀錄部3 7b之_出綢製部 567之S射輸出之搌繙變化成如第三十_ (b)所示, 或如第三十曬(a)所示,在一定之搌蝠中,將脈衝$8度 -43- 本紙法尺度逷用_國國家橾单(CNS ) A<〇t格(2丨0X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本瓦) 裝--- 丁 *-* A7 B7_五、發明説明'() 或脈®間隔,Μ由脈衢懼度調製部5 6 8加以調製,3P可 使雪射输出之實效值愛化。之後,如第三十讎(c)所示 ’於原盤572之®光部573 ,形成深度不同之感光部 574。藉由實施拄刻工程|將肜成如第三十疆(b)所 示之不同深度之信號《560a〜560e,gP肜成人/ 、 4之深度左右之深信號槽560a 、560c 、560d ,和例如僅有λ/6之深度左右之淺信铖》560b 、5 6 0 e。S由對此1盤5 7 2買行_鎳等之金屬電鍍.即 可作成第三十圈(e)所示之金騸薄盤5 75 ,藉由塑膠 成型,即作成成形碟片576。如此•變換雷射输出之振 幡•於原盤上形成信號《時•如m三十一薩之波形(5) 之波形圖所示,再生输出之極值將滅低,故Μ限幅器限剌 持定之限幅位準時,比其信號痛深度較深之信號播,脈衝 椹度將被狭小地檢知,而不能獲得正常之數位输出。因此 •對第三十一圔之波形(1)之匾所示之同步之τ原信號 ,礴由脈衡糂度綢蝥部569|使發生波形(2)所疆示 之Τ+ΔΤ之買幡脈衡時,如波形(6)所_示者,數泣 信號將被補正。若無補正,則如波形【7 )所圖示#,將 獾得幡度較原信號為窄之被限《化之數位输出•结果鍇誤 之数位信號被输出。如此,繭由光_出調製部5 6 7將倌 號擂深度調製,信猇槽深度資ED η則玻從光鑰出調製發 生部5 6 6送至信號《深度賁訊部3 2 h在防止拷貝信號 發生部565中,將作成表列上述之An 、Ζη 、Τη、 —4 4 {請先«1讀背面之注意事項再填寫本1) ._ 裝 訂 ............ 本纸法尺度遢用t國國家揉準(CMS ) A4现格(2!0X 297公潑) ^10421 A7 B7五、發明説明() Dn之基準物理配置表532 ,遊號编礴器537將 之暗號化•復將之磁性記錄於磁性紀錄層。或者•如第三 十四醒之工程,於作成設於原盤外周部之未®光部5 7 7 原盤後•如工程5所示,测量信號W深度等,Μ獲得物理 配置表並將之暗號化,在工程6中,薅由將該_號紀錄於、 第二慼光部577 ,如工程7、8 ' 9所示,可在一片原 盤上同時記錄程式钦蠼及物理配置表5 3 2。如不對每片 碟片記錄以不同之Ί D號碼,則未必須要磁性層.以此方 式•僅以光記錄部即可具有防止拷貝之效果。第三+五画 為原盤之上視圆及斷面画。又,可如第三十二鬮及第三十 三疆所示,貼合兩片原盤。又,在Μ二十四麗中,設有可 與外部通信之界面588 ,如苐二十九圖所示,在外部之 钦體著作權者所擁有之外部暗號孀碼器5 7 9中.糴由第 ~暗號鐽3 2 d ,將物理配置表晻號化,並將該暗號自外 部暗號编磚器579 ,经由第二通信界面578 a 、通倍 線路、通倌界面578 送返光礫製埴公司之主盤記錄· 装置529。以此方式,蕃作權者之第一睹號鍵32d , 因不會披光磲製造公司所知悉,故具有提高暗號之安全性 ,及即使第一暗號鍵3 2 d萬一被第三者所盜用時,光碟 製造業者亦不須擔負貴庄之效果。又,光倌虢情深度方向 之精密加工之控剌,因像钽含有:慼光材料之感度、伽馬 (gamma)特性、S射光之鎗出變動或光衆形狀、玻 璃綦板之熱持性、蛀刻持性、成形沖®之尺寸誤差荐之眾 (請先st#背*之注意*項再填寫太f ) -C I -- *-β i^線 表紙伕尺度適用中a國冢梂率(CNS ) A4規格(210X2W公釐) A7 _B7 五、發明説明() 多麥動因素’故甚困難3洌如,如第二十二圈所示,砍組 合及變更信號漕之脈瘡幡度及深度時,其每一脈衡幡度中 之雷射输出之振幡和臓衡幡度之最佳條件將有所不同。因 此,如第二十二画所示,考慮到伽馬特性,可作出η 1雷 射输出之输出值和脈®幡度之變化組合條件3洌如作成數、 百涸霤射_出之組合,而以數百次不固條阵作成原盤時, 其中將有數次•各画信號痛深度破最诖化。亦8卩,數百画 原盤中將有歟僵合原盤^ Μ此合格原盤再生信號時.如 第二十二圖之波形(3)之波形58 1 a 、58 1 c所示 ,將形成到埵綦準電壓SO ·*但不到壤檢知霉® S 1之信 號榷群。但是,以一涸软邐,而作出數百儷無用之原盤者 ,儀須要數千萬之花費,故不符纆濟性。在此,本發明中 ,係使用以一次之原盤作成•作出最佳信號懵之方式。如 第三十圔所示,設置數百姐,印η組之580 a〜d之信 號播群,並記錄以各個不同之霤射输出條件。然後,從組 η中’得到數蹰,洌如數百組中黻組之櫬率,之異有合乎 目的條件之信號«深度及信號樓形狀及脈衡幡度之信號欉 群。如苐十五®所示,將此合格信號權群5 80 c之物理 配置表532暗號化,並記錄於碟片2之磁性紀錄部,或 第三十三Β、第三十五所示之爾二原盤或第二慼光部之 原盤5 7 2之光記錄部時,gp可製成利用信號《深度防止 拷貝之碟片。此場合,產生合格信號»群之相同率越抵, 信號灌群之η组数目將增加•其防止《貝能力益形提高。 *46* t 本纸泱又度逋用中®國家糅準(CNS Μ4規格(2!0:<297公釐)、 1T h The paper standard is applicable to China National Standard Vehicle (CNS) A4 specification (2! 0X 297mm) 310421 A1 __ B7 V. Description of invention () Is it within the range of allowable values? If it is NO, perform the above step 5 5 1 f * to track the address again, if it is not possible, it is judged as illegal, if it is 0 K, then proceed to step 5 5 1 S. In step 5 5 1 Γ, if it is Y E S, then proceed to step 551 s. If it is the last, then proceed to step 47 1 p, if it is N, then return to step 5 5 1 d. In this way, by measuring the relative difference of Z 'η, the distribution of the difference in Z η, if it is within the allowable «K, it will be a regular disc, and if it is outside the allowable value, it will be a discriminating process for judging the illegal disc. ? In this way, the Badger can judge the regular disc '$ as the rate of unlawful discs and the effect of the opposite mechanism being destroyed. ≫ In the fourteenth circle, at step 5 5 1 a, the random number generator 5 8 3 and other device extractor 58 2 shown in the sixteenth _ decode the secret number Device 534 or magnetic regeneration circuit 3 0 · Send a partial selective wave signal, select the magnetic track or optical track of a part of the full track recorded with the secret signal, track and reproduce it. In this way, because only one part of all the secret sales materials need to be tracked, for example, about 100,000 out of ten thousand, the mechanical tracking time will be shortened, and the short inspection time will be provided. Of effect. In addition, the random extractor 5 8 2 sends a selection signal to the decryption device 5 34 to execute the decryption of part of the regenerated secret data. For example, if it is a password of 5 1 2b i t's directional function. When the password is released, K3 2-bit computer as an example, it also takes a fraction of a second. However, by adopting this part of the selection method *, the effect of shortening the time for announcing the secret code can be obtained. Ping You Random Number Generator 5 84, so you only need to check the minimum required amount of water each time. That is, you only need to check different samples every time, for example, in the 1 0 0 0 0 0 sticky rubbing ~ 3 8 ~ Unscrambled Standards General Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Clam (2 丨 0X 297mm) (Please read the note on the back before filling in this book 1) * -1 ϋ (9 n ij m ^ i Km Binding k-level 丨 fK ^ i nn An amw 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 —pm A? B7 Fifth, the description of the invention () (please read the precautions on the back first to fill in this page), only check 1 0 0 samples per time As a rule, all the 10,000 sample points will be checked at the end. Therefore, to replicate ##, the physical configuration of all 100,000 sample points must be copied into the exact same shape as the reference blob. Because it is very difficult to copy the angle, tracking and signal depth of all the sample points, the effect of the prevention is very high. "The box is added with the follow-up extractor 582, which can achieve the effect of preventing the copy without losing the height. The great effect of shortening the disc inspection time can be greatly streamed. Now > back to the record of the thirteenth mole and the sixteenth painting again " the way of living device For explanation. In the sixteenth _ slice physical configuration detection section of the recording and reproducing apparatus 1, in addition to the aforementioned angular position detection section 553, a tracking amount detection section 554 and a broadcast depth detection are provided Two detection parts of the part 555. First, the tracking detection part 55 4 accepts tracking error detection of the wobble (wo bb 1 ing) of the tracking control part 24 of the optical head 6 The tracking amount T η of the address η sent by the loop-like tracking amount sensor 24 a measures the tracking amount and other detection signals such as A ′ n, Z ′ n, D ′ η, etc. Time consistency, and make T ′ η and round it to the control section 5 3 5. Explain this principle from the twentieth garden (a) (b). On the regular disc of the twentieth picture (a) | The physical position 5 3 9 of the address A 1 is added with the modulation of the tracking direction such as the movement when the original disk is made. Therefore, in the outward direction, the tracking movement will be shifted. If this is defined as T 1 = + 1 , At the physical location 539b of address A2, T2 = — 1. This information can be discriminated when the original disk is created or after the original disk is created, and is made into a reference physical distribution table 5 3 2, which is then coded And recorded in the media 2. Secondly, in the M twenty-sided (-3 9- this paper ruler counter general Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 «l grid (210X 297 mm) 310421 V. Invention description () b) Illegal copying on media Ao 2 usually does not add a tracking displacement. Also, even if it adds a tracking displacement • As shown by _, the tracking displacement of the addresses A1, A2 on the angle zone Z 1 is T ′ 1 ^ If I f 2 becomes 0 1 + 1, respectively, the measured disc physical configuration table 5 5 6 will be different from the standard reference table 5 3 2. Therefore, it can be detected by the comparison section 535 of the disc inspection section 533 of the sixteenth fan, and the key out of the program, the action of the program, or the password decryption can be stopped by the output / action stop means 5 3 6 Interpretation of the _ number of the application program of the if device 534b, and output the trouble of " Illegal copy disc " to the display unit 16. In the sixteenth case, the disc check program itself is coded by the second password decoder 5 34 b, so the tampering of the disc check program 5 3 3 is difficult, and the effect of preventing copying can be improved. Next, the letter Γ 懵 depth detection unit will be explained. As shown in Figure +6, the optical regeneration signal from the optical head 6 will be sent to the envelope (enve 1 ope) of the broadcast detection unit 555, etc., the variation of the modulation degree, or the multi-level level Amplitude detection unit 5 5 5 a of limiter, etc. • The depth of the groove can be detected from the amplitude change * The detection output D ′ η is sent to the comparison unit 535, which is compared with the quasi-physical configuration table 532 Data comparison. If the comparison is found to be different, enter copy prevention action 3. As shown in the twenty-first circle (a) (b) (c) (d), the address An, angle Zn, tracking displacement amount Tn, signal slot depth The four inspection parameters of Dn can be checked separately for the physical location of a sample point 5 3 9 a, 539b, 539c. Therefore, when copying, the original parameters of the four parameters on all sample points must be copied exactly the same. . If you want to use high -4 0 * This paper method · Standard General Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (2! 〇x 297 public potion) {Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this! )-{装 装 ——---- Ordered by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Zhong Fang Falcon Bureau shellfish consumer cooperation, She Yin A / ___B7 Five 'invention description () The same rate of soil is full of the original plate that satisfies the above rule m For difficulties. Therefore, the powerful copy prevention effect can be achieved. The difference is that after changing the ® degree, those who want to replicate the signal sink group that gathers different depths of signals are difficult, and make the same rate low, so that they are not economical. The combination of the present invention, as shown in the thirty-sixth figure, in step 584a, it is like the 10, 〇〇 sets of signals on the first raccoon dog, to record _ out, pulse balance, etc. 1 0 0 0 sets of different recording conditions • When adding M recording, in step 5 84 bM-set the same rate, for example the same rate of 1/2 cT〇, to create five groups of conditional signal slot groups. In step [5 64 c · This qualified signal "detailed physical configuration, etc., with laser light from the original disc from the screen display to find out. At step 5 84d, the physical configuration table of the qualified signal broadcasting group is prepared. At step 5 8 4e, the physical configuration table is coded. At step 584 f, if it is an optical recording unit, the code is set at step 5 8 4 s. Recorded in the second photosensitive part 572a of the original disc. In step 584h, the original disc is filled with plastic mistakes to form light, and the reflective film is formed in step tanning 584. If there is no magnetic layer in step 584j, the magnetic recording part is completed in step 584 k. At step 5 84m, the secret code is recorded in the magnetic recording part * to complete the production of the optical disc. After the original disk is made, measure the depth of the signal tower, and make a number and record the configuration table > The same rate when the original disk is made can be increased to nearly 100%. Here, the method of detecting the depth of the signal right depth detection unit 555, «Depth, '' will be described. The tenth t-li (a) lawless «signal slot 56 1 a ~ f of disc making, painted with a sample depth. And in the tenth ir_ (b) regular disc signal, the signal "560c, d'e-41- ft scale of this paper uses the Chinese national standard rate (CNS) Α4 present frame (210X29? Mm) ( Please read the back page first: ^ Important ears to fill this page) .I ------ ----— Order — 310421 A7 B7 V. The description of invention () is shallow. Therefore, as shown in the seventeenth Xinjiang (c). The regeneration pulse 5 62c, d, and e poles ® become low, and the limit level SO of the multi-level limiter 555b, such as the tenth hall ( f) Although it can be out, but at the detection of the dump limit _ S 1, there is no _ out as shown in 蓹 十 t _ (d). Therefore, by taking the opposite of S1 ® and the SO of SO, as shown in the tenth, seven (8 :), 1 in the regular disc combination, you can get the copy prevention signal 563c, 563d, 563e = On the illegal tablets, because the detection limit level S 'and the output of the mine are buried, it becomes 1, so the thinning prevention signal is not output. Therefore, the copied disc can be detected. Also, in this case, as shown in the tenth t circle (e), the envelop of the optical output waveform is low or the modulation rate is low, and can be detected by the vibrating flag detection unit 5 5 5. Even if the badger gets the opposite sign of S1, the same effect can be obtained. From the comparison print of the twenty-third aspect of the prevention effect, it can be clearly understood that the original CD or MD original disc preparation device, because it does not have the angle control function, the angle of the disc inspection is also very A, Department is valid. On the one hand, the original disc preparation device for LD, MD or CD ROM does not have a kinematic | namely control means for the tracking direction, so the displacement in the tracking direction, namely B, Department is valid. On the one hand, if the depth direction, that is, C, is added to the conventional circuit > then the input circuit needs the detection circuit of the vibrating streamer or the hiji system, which cannot be detected by the existing CD using IC system. Therefore, at present, Azu B is not only highly effective in preventing and controlling rice, but also interchangeable with the existing IC. It is the most effective combination for CD, MD and livestock. In the current original device, A + B · that is, angle-4 2 * The standard size of the paper is clear; 圲 圔 家 淨 ^ (CNS) A4 wash grid (2 〖〇Χ297々 | ΓΪ (Please pay attention to the back of siTt Please fill in this page again) I. I-jl -II- ..... —I—--· ....... «--1 · —L-installed! D,-* grade A7 ___ B7 _ V. Description of the invention () The honey detection method of the combination of the two directions of the direction and the tracking direction is the most effective. This pair of angle direction and the tracking direction and the depth of the signal broadcast is modulated by the original disc. The device is as shown in the twenty-fourth face of the 3 Μ20 □ master disc recorder device 5 2 9, which is basically the same as the master disc recorder device of the first plaque described. As a result, Mei omits its explanation and explanation. (1) Describes its differences. First, it explains the tracking modulation method. In the system control section, it has a tracking modulation signal generating section 564 and a tracking control section. 2 4 _Send ^ control signal, and follow the reference track spacing 24 a • Implement a certain radius r 0 tracking. In the tracking radius r 〇 = dr · within the fan garden • Apply the modulation of vibration > Therefore, on the original plate 572, the locus of thallium as shown in Figure 20 (a) (b) will be made. This tracking displacement amount will be sent to the location sales information input section 3 2 b. The track displacement information section 32S. In the copy prevention signal generation section 565, the table shown in the thirteenth drawing will be made to include the address An, the angle Z η, the track displacement amount T n, and the signal "Base Physics of Depth Dn ® Set the table 5 3 2, and use the code encoder 5 3 7 to convert the code into a code. This device is recorded in the 32nd garden, shown in the 33rd picture, which is not on the outer periphery of the original disc. Two original discs 5 7 2 a, or the original discs located in the second area of the outer periphery in the 34th and 35th figures. In addition, the modulation D η in the depth direction of the signal slot can also be added. Twenty-four-circle strip control unit 10 has a night light _ out silk signal generation unit 566, which is changed from the flip of the S-shot output of the _ out silk system unit 567 of the light recording department 3 7b The 30th_ (b), or as shown in the 30th sun (a), in a certain bat, use the pulse $ 8 degrees -43- the standard method of the paper method_ 国 国 橾 单 (CNS) A < 〇t grid 2 丨 0X 297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this tile) Installed --- Ding *-* A7 B7_ Fifth, the description of the invention '() or Vessel® interval, Μ is modulated by the fear of the pulse train Part 5 6 8 is modulated, and 3P can make the actual value of the snow shot be loved. Then, as shown in the thirtieth (c) ', the light part 573 of the original disc 572 forms a photosensitive part 574 of different depth. By carrying out the engraving project | Make a signal 560a ~ 560e of different depths as shown in the 30th Xinjiang (b), gP 邜 Adult /, a deep signal slot 560a, 560c, 560d at a depth of about 4, and for example There are only shallow letters about λ / 6 depth 560b, 5 6 0 e. S is made of a metal plate of 5 7 2 _ nickel and other metal plating. It can be made into a gold plate 5 75 as shown in the thirtieth circle (e), which is made of plastic to form a shaped disc 576. In this way • Transform the laser output vibration flag • Form the signal “Hour” on the original disc • As shown in the waveform of the waveform of m31 (5), the extreme value of the regenerated output will go low, so the M limiter When the fixed amplitude limit is on time, the signal is deeper than the signal pain depth, the pulse rate will be detected narrowly, and the normal digital output cannot be obtained. Therefore, for the synchronized τ original signal shown in the plaque of the thirty-first waveform (1), the τ + ΔT is shown by the pulse (2) as shown in FIG. When the streamer is balanced, as shown by the waveform (6), the digital signal will be corrected. If there is no correction, as shown in the waveform [7] #, the badge will be narrower than the original signal. The digital output will be limited. The digital signal with incorrect results will be output. In this way, the cocoon is modulated by the light-out modulation unit 5 6 7 in depth, and the signal depth ED η is sent from the optical key out-modulation generation unit 5 6 6 to the signal “Depth information unit 3 2 h in In the copy prevention signal generation section 565, the above-mentioned An, Zη, Τη, -4 4 will be listed (please first «1 read the precautions on the back and then fill in this 1) ._ Binding ... ... This paper method uses the national tally of the country t (CMS) A4 (2! 0X 297 public splashes) ^ 10421 A7 B7 Fifth, the invention description () Dn's reference physical configuration table 532, tour numbers The device 537 encodes the secret code and records the magnetic record on the magnetic recording layer. Or • As in the 34th wake-up project, after creating the original optical disc 5 7 7 on the outer periphery of the original disc • As shown in project 5, measure the depth of the signal W, etc., obtain the physical configuration table and sign In project 6, you can record the _ number in the second Qiguang Department 577, as shown in projects 7, 8 '9, you can simultaneously record the program specification and physical configuration table on an original disk 5 3 2 . If you do not record a different Ί D number for each disc, you do not need a magnetic layer. In this way, only the optical recording part can prevent copying. The third + five paintings are visual circles and cross-section paintings on the original plate. Also, as shown in the 32nd and 33rd Xinjiang, two original discs can be attached. In addition, in the M twenty-four beautiful, there is an interface 588 that can communicate with the outside, as shown in Figure 29, in the external secret coder 5 7 9 owned by the external copyright owner. From the 3rd to the 3rd day of the secret code, the physical configuration table is secret coded, and the secret code is sent from the external secret code bricker 579 through the second communication interface 578 a, the pass double line, and the pass interface 578 to return to the light gravel system Recording device 529 of the main company of Sai. In this way, the first key number 32d of the authoritarian is not known to Kwangsung Manufacturing Company, so the security of the password is improved, and even if the first key number 32d is used by a third party When stolen, the disc manufacturer does not have to bear the effect of your estate. In addition, the control of precision machining in the depth direction of the light, because the tantalum contains: the sensitivity of the light material, the gamma characteristic, the change of the S light gun or the shape of the light, and the thermal holding of the glass The dimensional error of sex, engraving, forming and punching is recommended (please st # the back * note * items before filling in too f) -CI-* -β i ^ Line surface paper size is applicable to the country a mound Frame rate (CNS) A4 specification (210X2W mm) A7 _B7 V. Description of invention () Multi-moving factor 'is very difficult. 3 like, as shown in the twenty-second circle, cut the combination and change the signal sore pulse At the same time, the optimal conditions for the laser output vibration and the pulse balance in each pulse will be different. Therefore, as shown in the twenty-second painting, considering the gamma characteristics, a change in the output value of η 1 laser output and the pulse rate can be made. The combination condition 3 is a combination of making a number and a hundred shots. However, when the original disc is made with hundreds of unfixed strips, there will be several times. Also, there will be hundreds of originals in the original picture. When the qualified original is reproduced, as shown in the waveforms (1) and 58 1c of the waveform (3) in Figure 22, it will form The quasi-voltage SO * * but not within the signal detection group of soil detection mold S1. However, it takes a few tens of millions of dollars to make hundreds of thousands of useless original discs with a slack, so it is not economical. Here, in the present invention, the method of making the best signal by making the original disc once is used. As shown in the thirtieth, set up hundreds of sisters, print the 580 a ~ d signal broadcasting group of the n group, and record the output conditions of each shooting. Then, get the number from the group η, which is similar to the rate of the group of hundreds in the group. The difference is that there is a signal «Depth and the shape of the signal tower and the signal of the pulse equivalence group that fit the purpose. As shown in Yun XV®, the physical configuration table 532 of the qualified signal weight group 5 80 c is secretly coded and recorded in the magnetic recording section of the disc 2, or as shown in the 33rd and 35th In the optical recording part of the second original disc or the original disc 5 7 2 of the second optical part, gp can be made into a disc using the signal "depth prevention copying." On this occasion, the more the same rate of qualified signal »groups is reached, the number of η groups of signal irrigation groups will increase. * 46 * t This paper is used again in the China® National Standard (CNS Μ4 specification (2! 0: < 297 mm)

In!— —ί ------ . I I I - {請先S3讀背«之7±意事項真填鸾本瓦) _____f _ 裝In! — —Ί ------. I I I-(please read back S3 «7 ± Importance and fill in Luan Benwa first) _____f _ Pack

ίI 漆,-------------- Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() 貿際上•信號《群560之;I組之總信號灌敝和脈衡褡度 種類若增加•組合之數目亦增加_,可使相間率滅低成數百 分之一3物理配置表5 3 2如前述,因像以簞方向函數加 Μ暗號化|故除非知遒暗號靆,否則即無法篡改。因此. 除非禊製業者作出每涸價值10萬元Μ上之原盤數百個,、 否則無法褸製。亦即,雖得到一薩嫌製原盤,確須花寶數 千萬’其不符合经濟要求,如此襯製業者將打消瘦製之念 頭,而具有防止複1之效果。一方面,設置敝百種類之i 0 b丨t之信號槽詳,g卩使將該信號漘群作成數百組,總 容量僅為數十KB ,此情形對例如容量為640MB之C D — R0M而言,其影響僅為一萬分之一,玫本發明具有 近乎不滅少容量之效果。在_中•係使用C D等之R 0 Μ 碟片為例作說明,惟,利用局部ROM之記錄型光磲,將 物理配置表暗號化並記錄於RAM之紀錄層部時,亦可得 到同樣之效果。又,碟片檢査程式584 ,如第三十t麵 之流程®所示,於各處,例如1 〇〇〇個處所,配置應用 钦膻中之程式586中之程式安装程序584d 、印刷程 序584e、保存程序584f等時,除非解纘程式全部 ,即無法篡改或削除磲片檢査程式5 8 5 ‘故即使省路局 部之碟片檢査程式5 8 5 *薙由其它剩下之碟Η檢査程式 亦可使其動作淳止。如此.ϋ由分敗布置禊敝疆碟片險査 程式•可產生使複製變困難之效果。在此*說明有關第一 賨施例之第二方法•亦即锪理I D _誌之作成及檢知方法 -4 7 - 本纸铢尺度逷用中國國家搞準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐 (請先«!讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) f f :*-_ ---il- - I !- I II 1...... I In - -- V.,JI...... I - - I t . 1 -'"I . - - i I 1 ..... t -I- -i-1 A7 _ B7五、發明説明() 。具驩上,在CD — ROM等之ROM光磲之由等檷 成之光反射層之一部上,多會持意地設置沒有反射層之領 域,以形成物理I D,第三十八跚、第三十九顯、第四十 圖所示者為第一實,拖例之第二方法之原理之系統方塊圖。 又·第四十一圈所示者為形成媒邇碟片之固有·物理I D之 狀態。如第十五圖(d )所示,於反射膜形成時,有意地 設置半徑方向上之1 0根不具有反射臟48之低反射部5 8 4、5 8 4 a〜"5 8 4丨,和1 1個基_低反射部5 8 5。當光讚頭6之光束集束於低反射部5 84上時,比其 反射部48 ,其反射光量將極端滅少。因此.如第四十一 圖(e)之光再生信號圖所示,信號位準極端降低。此信 號位準之頭著降低,如第三十九_之方塊画所示,低反射 光最檢知部586之比較器587 ,籍由檢知比光基準ffi 5 8 8為低之信號位準之類比光再生倌號,可檢知低反射 光量部。於檢知期間,镝出第四十二讓(5)之波形之低 反射部檢知信號。而推测此信號之開始位置及终了位置之 位址及時繾位置。又•光再生信號,蘋由具有AGC59 Oa之波形整形回路590 ,其破S行波形整形.而變成 數位信號。時鐘再生部3 3 a Μ波形整形信號,再生時鐘 信號。復原部59 1之E FM復原器592將信號復原, ECC則訂正錯誤,而_出數位信號。E FM «原信號, 在物理位址输出部593中,若為CD ·從子碼之0_信號 W ’ MSF之位址自位址輸出部594_出•躞架同步信 -48- (請先閱讀背兩之注意箏項耳填芎农頁) ------Γ 裝 - - ----- II - -1 I - · μ-s 级 表纸張尺度逯用中困S家梂準(CMS ) A4規格(2丨0X 297公釐)ίI varnish, -------------- Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () Inter-Commercial • Signal "Group 560; if the total signal irrigation and pulse balance of group I increase, if the type increases • The number of combinations is also increased _, so that the interphase rate can be reduced to several hundredths. 3 Physical Configuration Table 5 3 2 As mentioned above, because the image is added as a function of the direction of the signal, so unless the password is known, otherwise It cannot be tampered with. Therefore, unless the manufacturer makes hundreds of originals worth 100,000 yuan each, it cannot be controlled. That is to say, even if you get an original copy of Sasha, it must be tens of millions. It does not meet the economic requirements. In this way, the lining industry will eliminate the idea of thinness and have the effect of preventing complex 1. On the one hand, the signal slots of 100 types of i 0 b 丨 t are set in detail. That is, the signal group is made into hundreds of groups, and the total capacity is only tens of KB. In this case, for example, a CD with a capacity of 640MB — R0M In terms of its impact is only one ten thousandth, the present invention has an almost indelible effect of less capacity. In _Zhong, we use R 0 Μ discs such as CD as an example for description, but the same can also be obtained when the physical configuration table is encrypted and recorded in the recording layer portion of the RAM using the recording ROM of the local ROM Of effect. In addition, the disc inspection program 584, as shown in the process on the thirtieth t surface, is equipped with program installation procedures 584d and printing procedures 584e among the programs 586 in the application program in various places, for example, 1,000 places. , Save the program 584f, etc., unless all the programs are unblocked, it is impossible to tamper with or remove the disc inspection program 5 8 5 'so even the disc inspection program 5 8 5 in the local road saves * the rest of the disc inspection program It can also make its movements stop. As such. Ϋ The layout of the disc insurance program of Xinjiang is divided by the failures. It can produce the effect of making copying difficult. Here is a description of the second method related to the first example of the first clam. That is, the method of making and checking ID_ Zhizhi-4 7-This paper is based on the standard of the Chinese Baht (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 (Please read «! Read the notes on the back before filling this page) ff: * -_ --- il--I!-I II 1 ...... I In--V., JI .. .... I--I t. 1-'" I.--I I 1 ..... t -I- -i-1 A7 _ B7 V. Description of invention (). Gu Huan, at CD — ROM and other ROMs are formed on the part of the light reflection layer made of Etc., most of the areas with no reflection layer will be set up intentionally to form a physical ID, 38th, 39th, Figure 40 shows the first block diagram of the principle of the second method of dragging the example. Also shown in the forty-first circle is the state of the inherent physical ID of the media disc. As shown in FIG. 15 (d), when the reflective film is formed, 10 low-reflecting portions 5 in the radial direction without reflecting dirt 48 are intentionally provided 5 8 4, 5 8 4 a ~ " 5 8 4 丨, And 1 1 base_low reflection part 5 8 5. When the beam of the praise head 6 is concentrated on the low reflection part 5 84, the ratio The amount of reflected light of its reflecting part 48 will be extremely low. Therefore, as shown in the light regeneration signal diagram of Figure 41 (e), the signal level is extremely reduced. The head of this signal level is reduced, as shown in the third As shown in the square drawing of 19_, the comparator 587 of the low-reflection light detection unit 586 is based on the analogue regeneration signal with a signal level that is lower than the light reference ffi 5 8 8 and can detect low Reflected light quantity part. During the detection period, dysprosium produces the detection signal of the low reflection part of the waveform of the 42nd let (5). It is inferred that the start and end positions of this signal are the location and the position of the time. The signal is converted into a digital signal by the waveform shaping circuit 590 with AGC59 Oa, which breaks the S-line waveform shaping. The clock regeneration section 3 3 a MW waveform shaping signal regenerates the clock signal. The restoration section 591 E FM restorer 592 Restore the signal, ECC corrects the error, and outputs a digital signal. E FM «Original signal, in the physical address output section 593, if it is CD · From subcode 0_signal W 'MSF address from the address The output part 594_ out • the frame synchronization letter -48- (please read the back and pay attention to the zither ears first Xiongnong page) ------ Γ loaded------- II--1 I-· μ-s grade table paper size used in the middle of the trapped S home frame standard (CMS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X 297 Mm)

^^^^-^^4¾¾11¾ 史乂,-Μ p rW 310421 at _&7_ 五、發明説明() 號等之同步信號將自信號輸出部5 9 5镝出。從時鐘再生 部3 8 a输出復元時籩倌號。在低反射部位址/時鐘信號 位置信號输出部596 ,使用η — 1位址檢知部59 7和 位址信號,和時鳙計時器5 98和間步時鐘谙號,或復原 時鐮,《I由低反射部開始/終了位置檢知部5 9 9 ,正確 地計測低反射部5 8 4之關始點及终了點。使用第四十二 圖之波形圓具鱷說明前述方法。如第四十二疆(1 )之光 碟斷面圖所示/浦12號碼l·之低反射部5 84被部份性地 設置。第四十二疆(2)所示之反射光信號,亦SPM四十 二曬(3)之包络媒信號被输出•在反射部中,光量碁》 值5 8 8麥較低。蘧由光量位準比較器5 8 7檢知此變化 •貝(I第四十二画(5)之低反射光量檢知倌號自低反射光 量檢知部5 8 6被输出。其此,為求取此低反射光量檢知 信號之開始、終了位置.須使用位址實訊和第四十二圖( 6)之復原時鐮或同步時鐮。苜先•澜量第四十二圃(7 )之位址η之基摩時鳙60 5 。顯由n_ 1位址輸出部5 9 7 ,預先檢知位址n之前一髑位址,如此即可知道下一 個 sync604 為位址 η 之 sync 。此 sync60 4和低反射光量檢知信號之開始點,即至綦準時鐘6 0 5 之時鐮數,可藉時鳙計時器5 9 8加Μ計测。將此時鐘數 定義為基準延遲時間TD,並蘋蓦準延纒時間T D测量部 608加Κ測量並記憧。 因再生装置之關係,回路之延遲時間將有所不同,故 -4 9 - (请先Mtt背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .k 裝^^^^-^^ 4¾¾11¾ Shi Qiao, -M p rW 310421 at _ & 7_ V. Synchronization signals of the invention description () and so on will come out from the signal output unit 5 9 5 Dysprosium. The clock recovery unit 3 8 a outputs the reset time number. In the low reflection site address / clock signal position signal output section 596, use the η-1 address detection section 597 and the address signal, and the hour and hour timer 5 98 and the inter-step clock, or restore the sickle, " I starts / ends the position detection unit 5 9 9 from the low reflection part, and accurately measures the start and end points of the low reflection part 5 8 4. The aforementioned method will be explained using the waveform round crocodile in Figure 42. As shown in the cross-sectional view of the disc of the 42nd Frontier (1), the low-reflection part 5 84 of the Pu 12 number l is partially provided. The reflected light signal shown in the 42nd Xinjiang (2), and the envelope medium signal of the SPM 42 (3) are output. • In the reflecting part, the light intensity value is lower than 5 8 8 m. This change is detected by the light level comparator 5 8 7 • The low reflected light amount detection number of Pui (I 42th painting (5) is output from the low reflected light amount detection unit 5 8 6. Here, In order to obtain the start and end positions of this low-reflected light detection signal, you must use the address information and the 42th picture (6) when recovering or synchronizing the sickle. Mu Xian • Lanliang 42nd Garden (7) The address η of the jimo time bighead 60 5. Displayed by the n-1 address output unit 5 9 7, pre-detect the address before the address n, so that you can know the next sync604 as the address η Sync. The sync60 4 and the starting point of the low-reflected light detection signal, that is, the number of sickles at the time of the quasi-clock 6 0 5 can be measured by the time of the bighead timer 5 9 8 plus M. This clock number is defined as The reference delay time TD, and the standard delay time TD measurement unit 608 adds K to measure and remember. The delay time of the circuit will be different due to the regeneration device, so-4 9-(please pay attention to the back of Mtt Please fill in this page again.)

I 本紙法尺·度逋用中a國家雄準(CNS ) A4規格(210Χ297公釐) Μ Β7_ 五、發明説明() 此基準延遲時間TD亦不同。為此,使用此TD ,時間延 遲補正部6 0 7將實行時間補正,如此•在任意之再生装 置上,均可具有可正確测量低反射部之開始時鐮數之效果 。其次,如第四十二圖(8 )所示,於求取次一軌跡之光 學播誌NO · 1之開始、终了泣址、時鍵數後,g卩可泣址 n + 12之時鏡因TD=m + 2 ,玫時繼數被 補正為1 2 ,但在說明中ί系使用η + 14。 在此,說明有^低反射部位址表。預先在工廠,測量 第三画所示之每個碟片之低反射部5 84 |並作成低反射 部位址表6 0 9。將此表,Μ第四十四躧所示之單方向函 敝加以暗號化•而如第+五画所示,在第二次之反射層形 成工程中,於碟片之最内周部|紀緣條形碼狀之無反射曆 之低反射部群。或如第三十八画所示,亦可記錄於CD-ROM之磁性記錄部67。如第三钃所示,在正規之CD 及不法複製之CD上,其低反射部位址表609 、609 X將大幡不同。因此,如第三十八圖所示,復原此被瞎號 化之表,製作正規之表,並藉由對照程式5 3 5*行對照 ,SP可區別正規之碟片及不法複製之碟片|而可停止蠖製 碟片之動作。第四十二圖之洌中,如第四十三匾所示,正 規之碟片於不法複製之碟片,其低反射部位址表6 0 9 、 609x之值係不相同。如第四十二麵(8)所示,在正 規礤片上,_誌1之次一軌跡之闢始终了為m + 1 4、m + 267 ,如第四十二圈(9)所示,在不法灌製之礤片 -50" 未纸法尺度通席中a a家標率(cns Μ4蚬格(2ΐ οχ 297公釐) (请先Μ讀背面之注意事項异填寫忒瓦) ___f 裝 Μ _ Β7 __ 五、’發明説明() 上,則為m + 2 1 、m + 2 7 7而有所不間。如此一來, 如第四十三圈所示,低反射部位址表609 、609父之 (I係不相同•玟可片判斷出複製碟片。此情形若在C LV 上|如前述,可利用原盤之位址之坐娜配置之差異點。落 四十五画所示者為有關買際CD之位址位置之测置结果。、 如此即可更明白位址座禰之差異。又,依本發明之方法, 洌如即使原盤相同•在反射膜作成工程削除一部份反射膜 ,玟每個碟片之低^射部均不相同。以信號禰單位,正確 地削除部份反射膜之動作•在通常之工程中幾為不可行。 因此*複製本發明之碟片在S濟上偽不合理,玫其防止複 製效果甚高。第三十匾所示者為藏由低反射部檢知複製C D之流程圈。其說明因已重複玫省略。 其次•說明有翮低反射部之作成法。第四十t圈為在 第四十t矚(2)之工程中設置蒸蕃防止部6 1 0 •並ί吏 其接觸於碟片之綦板上者。在第四十圓之工程(3)中· 實行唄濺·而作成無反射層之低反射部5 84。在工程( 4)中,若使基板之折射率η 1和保護層6 1 1之折射率 η2相近,低反射部584之反射光最將滅少。因η 1 = 1 . 55 故為 1 · 3Sn2Sl . 7 即可。 第四十八圆為塗布透光率低之油墨6 1 2之工程(3 )•並使UV硬化,而在工程(4)附上反射賴。因油璺 6 1 2之透光率較低,形成低反射部5 84之第四十九圈 ,在工程(2)中,藏由接蕃部6 14將遮光鄯6 13接 -5 L - 本纸法尺度遘用中匾國冢橾舉(CNS ) A4现格(210 X 29?公釐) (請先^讀背面之..¾意事項苒填寫大V頁) . -— - - —5-, ― - 訂 .森---!--- 310421 A7 ___B7 _ 五、發明説明() 著於基板’在工程(3) •蹯由第一光通,於内周部之光 軌跡以外之部份形成反射縝.Μ形成低反射部5 8 4。S 工程(4),以光讚頭6檢知低反射部584之位置,作 成低反射部位址表6 0 9 ,在工程(5 )則加以暗號化。 在工程(6 ) •將此暗號資料調製成條'碼貢料般之調製信 號·並蘋由印字部6 1 7和油墨6 1 2 ,於暗號資料Ε錄 部6 1 8 ,在基板上將調製信號作成光擧顯誌= 在工程(7 )''使油墨硬化.在工程(8 ),將靖號 資料纪錄部619以外,使用掩蔽(mask [ ns)過 之第二光罩6 1 6 ,Μ嘖濺等,彤成反射隳48。在油墨 6 1 2之部份•反射光量減低,而形成第二低反射部58 4。在工程(9 ),披減少部份光量之包絡線破再生,在 工程(1 0) •低反射部檢知倌號被再生•蹯由條狀碼復 原部621 ,暗號資料被再生。如第四十九圓之工程(1 2 )所示,在暗號資料記錄部6 1 9中,非優燦形碼6 2 0 ,亦可印刷文字圈樣622 ,而藉由對每一碟片印刷I D號碼之文字,則具有以目視即可確定I D號鼷之效果。 Μ五十_為於暗號資料記錄部6 1 9 ,印刷圓形條形碼6 20及文字圔樣6 2 2 ·但亦使用具有熱轉寫用發熱部6 23之發熱頭624 ,將塗布於膠片625上之油墨6 1 2 ,局部地熱轉寫於驀板上,而如工程(2)所示,基板 上將殘留油璺6 1 2。若有必要.可使用U V油墨,在工 程(3 )中丨吏油墨硬化。在工程(4 ),使用Μ二光1 6 -5 2 - 本氓乐尺度遴用中818家揉簞((:奶)戌4规格(210>< 297公釐) (請先«1讀背®之注意事項再填寫本頁) —裝--- 訂 ---- A 7 _B7__ 五、發明説明() 1 9 ’ a在暗號資料記錄部形成金牖反射膜,在如工程( 5) ’以光讚頭6獲取I程(6)般之《衰滅低反射部所 成之再生波形。在工程(6 ) ,«溥低反射部檢知信號。 如第四十九醒所示、以條肜碼復元器6 2 1 •鑰出數位信 號,而可獾得C P主盤暗號信號。此信號因每一片CD均、 不同,故:每一片均可獲得不同之物理I D。此主盤二暗號 6 2 6如第五十二釅所示,保將薷三躍所述之各碟片固有 物理資訊之低反射IfS位址表6 0 9般之各碟片固有之磲片 物禮I D626 ,或第三圈之物理配置表般之錄螌片製造 摸物理I D 6 2 7 ,和钦緩公司隨意附上之序列蕾理號碼 之磲片苷理I D628 ,作成一實料列,並K軍方向函數 之暗號镰碼器加Μ暗號化,作成主盤暗號6 2 9。因此, 即使使用者欲篡改碟片管理I D628 *磲片鄉理I D6 2 6亦不改變,玫具有不可篡改之效果。 此碟片物理I D ,係破Μ第四十一11般之光檷誌,無 作為地作成於第四十九圖之磲片上視圃之C Ρ光攧誌部6 ,- 1 8。若再生此倌號.如第五十三画,礴由對各光學額誌 將其位址分割成0〜9之十個角度號碼,可獲得十個賁 料1而可定義10個,即32b i t之碟片物理ID62 6。然後,如前述,碟片鄉理I D在原盤上雖為相同,但 在每片碟片上均不同,玟Μ暗號化對應待定之碟片菅理I D628 ·即可防止碟片管理I D被篡改。藉此,珂使其 具有大播提高程式之保護用密_之解除安全性之效果。又 -5 3 - 忒纸法尺度遘用中圖國冢揉舉(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) (计先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫农f ) 裝 、11 ^--- 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明( ,位址和時鐘數·以上雖銳明檢知光舉顯菇之霣施例,如 H20Q _所說明者,從Μ三十八圖之賺Η回轉檢知部3 3 5之碟片回轉資訊和低反射光量檢知信號,磁由低反射部 角度位置信號綸出部6 0 1之低反射部角度位置檢知6 0 2 ,可输出低反射部角度泣置信號,而可作成第五十三圖 般之碟片物理表609 。 如第五十一騮所示,藏由設置可寫人之寫人層.6 3 0 | 不僅可藉SI寫下,因寫入層630之厚度S厚,故巨 有防止磁性記錄部撗觴之效果。藉由於此竄入層6 3 0上 ,印刷碟片苷理Γ D628之文字及條形碼•在販資®中 SP可作I D對照。 接著說明在碟片上持意設置If誤信號,Μ作為蠼製防 止信號之方法。 如第五十四圖所示,正規之礤片2上,於符定之位址 、時鐮部,保配置有錯誤符號6 3 2。此配置資訊,被作 成錯誤苻號一位址表631 ,Μ晻號化紀錄於鼸片2上。 此暗號化資訊被暗號解碼器5 34從物理I 0_出部6 3 3輸出。一方面,碟片2上之CP錯誤符號632 ” 11 〇1 1 0 0 1 ”藉由奇偶較驗器(p a r i t y ),以錯 誤C P苻號檢知器6 3 3 ·將之與錯誤符號列袭6 3 4對 照|而從錯誤CP苻號之位址、時鐮位置鍮出部635 , 書出錯誤CP苻號之位址、時鐘,並躍由對藤程式535 ,將之和箝誤苻號一位址表63 1對照,若一致数η 1在 -5 4 - (請先¾請背*之注意事項再填寫本頁)I. The paper ruler and the degree are used in the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210Χ297mm) Μ Β7_ V. Invention description () This reference delay time TD is also different. For this reason, using this TD, the time delay correction unit 607 will perform time correction, so that any arbitrary regenerative device can have an effect of accurately measuring the number of sickles at the beginning of the low reflection unit. Secondly, as shown in Figure 42 (8), after obtaining the start of the next optical trajectory NO · 1, the end of the weeping address, and the number of time keys, the time mirror of the g + can weeping address n + 12 Since TD = m + 2, the mei-time successor is corrected to 1 2, but in the description, η + 14 is used. Here, a description will be given of a low-reflection part address table. At the factory in advance, measure the low reflection part 5 84 of each disc shown in the third picture | and make a low reflection part address table 6 0 9. This table, the one-way function shown in M44 is secreted. And as shown in the + 5th painting, in the second reflection layer formation project, at the innermost part of the disc The low-reflection part of the non-reflective calendar in the form of a bar code. Or, as shown in the 38th picture, it may be recorded in the magnetic recording section 67 of the CD-ROM. As shown in the third CD, on regular CDs and unauthorized CDs, the low-reflection part address tables 609 and 609 X will be significantly different. Therefore, as shown in the thirty-eighth figure, restore the blinded table, make a regular table, and by comparing the program 5 3 5 * line comparison, SP can distinguish between regular discs and discs that cannot be copied | And stop the action of making discs. In the forty-second picture, as shown in the forty-third plaque, the value of the low reflection part address table 609 and 609x of the regular disc and the illegally copied disc are different. As shown in the 42nd face (8), on the regular screen, the next trajectory of _Zhi 1 is always m + 1 4, m + 267, as shown in the 42nd circle (9), In the unauthorized 礤 片 -50 " unpaper method standard seat in the aa home standard rate (cns Μ4 clam (2l οχ 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back and fill in the watts) ___f 装 Μ _ Β7 __ V. In the description of invention (), it is m + 2 1, m + 2 7 7 and there is no difference. In this way, as shown in the 43rd circle, the low reflection part address table 609, 609 Father's (I is not the same • Minke can determine the duplicate disc. If this is the case on C LV | as mentioned above, you can use the difference in the placement of the original disk's address. Shown in painting 45 This is the measurement result of the location of the CD on the buy side. This way, you can understand the difference of the location of the address. In addition, according to the method of the present invention, even if the original disc is the same Reflective film, the lower part of each disc is different. In the signal unit, the part of the reflective film is cut off correctly. It is almost impossible in normal engineering. Therefore, it is unreasonable to copy the disc of the present invention in terms of economy, and its copy prevention effect is very high. The 30th plaque shows the process circle of copying CD detected by the low reflection part. Repeat the omission. Secondly • Explain how to make a low reflection part. The 40th circle is to set up the steaming prevention part 6 1 0 in the 40th t attention (2) project and contact it with the dish Part of the sheet. In the 40th round of the project (3) · Splashing was performed to make a low-reflection part without a reflective layer 5 84. In the project (4), if the refractive index of the substrate η 1 The refractive index η2 of the protective layer 6 1 1 is similar, and the reflected light of the low-reflection part 584 will be extinguished the least. Since η 1 = 1.55, it is 1 · 3Sn2S1.7. The 48th circle is for coating transmission Ink 6 1 2 with a low rate (3) • Hardens the UV, and attaches reflection to the project (4). Due to the low light transmittance of the oil cap 6 1 2, the low reflection part 5 84 is formed. Forty-nine laps, in the project (2), the Tibetan government received the 6th part of the 14th to cover the blackout 6 13 13-5L-the standard size of the paper is used in the national plaque (CNS) A4 (210 X 29? Mm) (please ^ Read the back .. ¾Important matters (fill in the big V page).-----5-, ―-Order. Sen ---! --- 310421 A7 ___B7 _ V. Description of invention () on the substrate ' In the project (3) • From the first luminous flux, a reflection is formed on the part other than the light trajectory of the inner periphery. Μ forms a low reflection part 5 8 4. S project (4), detected by the praise head 6 The location of the low reflection part 584 is made into the low reflection part address table 609, and it is coded in the project (5). In engineering (6) • Modulate this secret number data into a bar code-like modulation signal. The parallel printing consists of the printing unit 6 1 7 and the ink 6 1 2 in the secret number data recording unit 6 1 8 on the substrate. The modulation signal is made into a light to show the sign = In the project (7) '', the ink is hardened. In the project (8), the second photomask 6 (masked [ns]) is used in addition to the No. 619 data recording department , Μ 啧 splashes, etc., Tongcheng reflections 48. At the portion of the ink 6 1 2, the amount of reflected light is reduced, and the second low reflection portion 584 is formed. In the project (9), the envelope with a reduced amount of light is broken and regenerated. In the project (10) • The low reflection part detects that the number is regenerated • The bar code is restored to the original part 621, and the secret number data is regenerated. As shown in the forty-ninth round project (1 2), in the cryptographic data recording unit 6 1 9, the non-excellent shape code 6 2 0 can also be printed with a circle of characters 622, and by discriminating each disc Printing the text of the ID number has the effect of visually confirming the ID number. Μ 五 _ for the secret number data recording section 6 1 9, printing a round bar code 6 20 and text swatches 6 2 2 · However, a heating head 624 with a heating section 6 23 for heat transfer is also used, which will be coated on the film 625 The ink 6 1 2 on the plate is partially thermally transferred on the plate, and as shown in the project (2), there will be 6 1 2 oil residue on the substrate. If necessary, U V ink can be used, and the ink is hardened in the process (3). In the project (4), use Μ 二 光 1 6 -5 2-818 home rubbing standards ((: milk) 戌 4 specifications (210 > < 297mm) (please read «1 Back to the precautions of back ® and then fill out this page) — Installation --- Order ---- A 7 _B7__ V. Description of the invention () 1 9 'a Forming a gold reflective film in the secret data recording department, such as in engineering (5) 'Using the praise head 6 to obtain the regenerated waveform of the "decay low reflection part" like the first pass (6). In the project (6), «the detection signal of the low reflection part. As shown in the 49th wake up, The stripe code recoverer 6 2 1 • The digital signal is generated by the key, and the CP master disc secret signal can be obtained. This signal is different for each CD, so: each slice can get a different physical ID. This master disc The two secret numbers 6 2 6 are as shown in the fifty-second period, and the low-reflective IfS address table of the inherent physical information of each disc described in the three jumps is guaranteed. D626, or the physical configuration table in the third circle, the physical ID 6 2 7 of the tablet manufacturing, and the serial tablet number I D628, which is attached to the company's random attachment, is made into an actual list, and The secret code of the K military direction function is added with the secret code to make the master secret code 6 2 9. Therefore, even if the user wants to tamper with the disc management I D628 * 磲 片 乡 理 I D6 2 6 does not change, Mei has no The effect of tampering. The physical ID of this disc is to break the light of the 41st and 11th, such as the light and light journal, and it was made ineffectively in the light of the view of the 49th picture of the nursery C Ρ 光 攧 志 部 6, -1 8. If this number is regenerated. As shown in the fifty-third painting, by dividing the address of each optical forehead into ten angle numbers from 0 to 9, ten pieces of material 1 can be obtained and ten pieces can be defined. That is, the physical ID of the 32bit it is 62. Then, as mentioned above, although the disc ID is the same on the original disc, it is different on each disc. The code number corresponds to the undisclosed disc. · It can prevent the disc management ID from being tampered. With this, Ke makes it possible to broadcast to improve the program's protection password and release the security effect. And -5 3-The paper method standard is used in the national map Cite (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ 297mm) (counter first read the precautions on the back and then fill in agricultural f) installed, 11 ^ --- 310421 A7 B7 V. Invention Ming (, address and number of clocks • Although the above-mentioned examples of sharp detection of light-enhancing mushrooms, as described by H20Q _, from the MM 38 map, earn Η rotation detection department 3 3 5 disc Rotation information and low reflected light detection signal, magnetic angle detection of low reflection part 6 0 2 from low reflection part angular position signal output part 6 0 1 can output low reflection part angle cry signal, and can be made into Fifty-three pictures of the disc physical table 609. As shown in the fifty-first chapter, the writing layer is set by the writer. 6 3 0 | Not only can be written by SI, because the thickness of the writing layer 630 S is thick, so it has a great effect of preventing the magnetic recording part from getting rid of. Due to this intrusion on layer 6 3 0, the text and barcode of the printed disc Γ D628 are printed. • SP can be used as an ID control in Vendor®. Next, a method of intentionally setting the If error signal on the disc and using M as the prevention signal will be described. As shown in the fifty-fourth figure, on the regular tablets 2, the wrong symbol 6 3 2 is kept at the fixed address and time sickle. This configuration information is made into an error address list 631, and the password is recorded on the mang 2. This cryptographic information is output from the physical I 0_ output section 6 3 3 by the cryptographic decoder 54. On the one hand, the CP error symbol 632 ”11 〇1 1 0 0 1” on the disc 2 is parity-checked (parity), with the wrong CP number detector 6 3 3 6 3 4 Comparison | From the wrong address of the CP number, the position of the sickle is 635, and the address and clock of the wrong CP number are written, and the jump to the vine program 535, and the wrong number is clamped. One address table 63 1 comparison, if the consistent number η 1 is in-5 4-(please ¾ please back the notes before filling in this page)

U 裝 訂 1^.11. m —1 . • - - - - -I ..... 1- . 本纸伕尺度連用中圖國家揉舉(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 _B7 五、發明説明(〉 一定之比洌以上,則判别為正規雄片。此趲誤- C P符號 "11011001”被£(:(:解碣器366訂正鐙誤, 而被输出成” 1 1 0 1 1 00 1” IP表示輸出資料沒問題 。一方面,不法複製磲片2 a ·因襯製訂正錯誤後之通常 符號635 |故將與正規碟片2之CP雄誤符虢632不 同。此埸合*_出資科與正規雜片2同為〃 110 110 11” 。惟,錯誤CP符號檢知雜633所險知之錯誤符 號不(I較少,同時If誤苻號一位址表和鐙誤符號之配置因 不一致,在對照程式5 3 5中判定為複製磲片,而防止其 動作。如此,即可實現防止複製囅片。此場合,涤具有僅 變更信號亦可,而亦可僅追加鍇讓C P苻號檢知部6 3 3 •而使糸统藺單化之效果。 其次,使用第五十六画所示之防止複製ICP)用之 特殊EFM變換表6 36 I說明實行拷貝保«之方法。在 EFM變換中,原資料637被讕製成摞準符號635” 00100001000010 » ,在 EFM 解碼器 59 2中,玻復元成復元資料638。在防止複製碟片2上, Μ在特定之位址上,記錄CP特殊符號6 39 ·以取代擁 準符號S 3 5。符號被E M F復元後,因儀被復元成通常 之復元資料638 〃 01 i〇l 1 1 1 *故«以輸出資料 係無法區別。 有關其具鱷構成·以第五十五圓之方塊_銳明之。在 正規之磲片2上,C Ρ持殊苻號榆知部646 Si输知C Ρ -5 5 - 本紙涑尺度通用申國8家樣率(〇^)戍4規格(210><297公釐) (請先父讀背*之注意事項耳填耳表頁) 訂 _____ί -! -I m . 310421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 1 斧 Ψ ί: 基 持殊符號6 39後,從CP特殊符號位址綸出部64 1 , 输出C P特殊符號之位址。在正規碟片對照部5 3 5 ,將 之與自暗號解磚器5 34復元之C P^_苻铖——位址表6 4 2相對照,若有碁癉值η Ο K上之對照值,則判定為正 規碟片。在不法樓製之磲片2 a上|因只記錄胄循準信號 635 ,在CP特殊苻號檢知部640 ,CP持殊幡號險 知信號除發生錯誤時外將不產生。因此,在正規磲片之對 照部判定為不法磁S商淨止其動作> 依此方式,Μ由使用E FM特殊變換表636 ,在調 製信號之階段即可防止被拷貝。若興第五十四驪之鐙誤特 殊苻號方式比較,其可得到複製更形困難之效粟。且其只 須愛更信號,玟其構成亦較簡蕈。 其次,說明有關利用主盤暗號629和商15碼(de a 1 e r code)之安装苷理方法。第五十八圖所示 者係說明有關次暗號解碼器64 3之全《流程。此流程画 係由公司之處理步驟40 5 a、商店之處理步驟40 5 b 及使用者之處理步驟405 c等三大步琢所構成。苜先, 在砍雅公司之處理步驟40 5 a ,如第一實施例之Μ五十 二圓所說明者.诼以主盤_號編碼器5 3 7總括原盤固有 之原盤I D627 、磲片之物理I D626 、序列號碼等 之磲片菅理I D628、和次暗號解碼號碼η5 ,洌如η 5 = 1 5 1等,並將之晻號化為主盤暗號629。因此即 可防止篡改。對每個商店或服務中心之商店號曝為η 5之 -56 本紙涑尺度逍用中88家糅舉((:>15)八4規格(210>< 297公藿) (請先閱讀背d&之注意事項再填寫本頁U binding 1 ^ .11. M —1. •-----I ..... 1-. This paper is used in conjunction with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) A7 _B7 5. Description of the invention (> A certain ratio is higher than that, it is judged as a regular male film. This error-CP symbol " 11011001 "was corrected by £ (:(: resolver 366 correction stirrup error, and was output as" 1 1 0 1 1 00 1 ”IP means there is no problem with the output data. On the one hand, it is impossible to copy the 癲 片 2 a · The normal symbol 635 after the correct error is formulated due to the lining | Therefore, it will be different from the CP 632 of the regular disc 2. This field is different. Together * _ The funded section is the same as the regular miscellaneous film 2 〃 110 110 11 ”. However, the wrong CP symbol detection misunderstands that the misidentified symbols of miscellaneous 633 are not (there are less I, and if the error is one, the address table and stirrup error Due to the inconsistency of the symbol arrangement, it is judged as copying the slice in the comparison program 5 3 5 to prevent its operation. In this way, the copy prevention slice can be realized. In this case, only the signal can be changed, and only the addition can be added. Kai let CP Fu No. detection department 6 3 3 • The effect of making Shito unified. Secondly, use the copy prevention shown in the fifty-sixth painting for ICP) The special EFM conversion table 6 36 I describes the method of implementing copy protection. In the EFM conversion, the original data 637 is converted into a stack of quasi-symbols 635 ”00100001000010» in the EFM decoder 59 2 and the complex data is converted into complex data 638. On the disc 2 for preventing copying, at a specific address, record the CP special symbol 6 39 · to replace the approval symbol S 3 5. After the symbol is restored by EMF, the instrument is restored to the normal restoration data 638 〃 01 i〇l 1 1 1 * Therefore, it is indistinguishable from the output data. It is composed of a crocodile. A fifty-fifth round square _ Rui Mingzhi. On the regular 磲 片 2, C Ρ holds a special number Yuzhi Part 646 Si input knowledge C Ρ-5 5-This paper is based on the standard sample rate of 8 countries (〇 ^) 戍 4 specifications (210 > < 297mm) (please read the precautions of the father * Table page) Order _____ ί-! -I m. 310421 A7 B7 V. Description of invention () 1 Axe Ψ ί: After the base special symbol 6 39, from the CP special symbol address to the fiber output section 64 1, output CP special symbol Address. In the regular disc control section 5 3 5, compare it to the CP ^ _ 苻 铖 ——address table 6 4 2 of the self-signing brick breaker 5 34 According to the comparison value on the 碁 簅 value η Ο K, it is judged as a regular disc. On the disc 2 a made by the illegal building | Because only the chase signal 635 is recorded, in the special inspection department of CP 640, CP holds the special streamer danger signal will not be generated except when an error occurs. Therefore, if the control unit of the regular tablet determines that the unauthorized magnetism is unavailable, it will stop its operation> In this way, M uses the E FM special conversion table 636 to prevent copying during the modulation phase. If the comparison of the special stirle number method of the 54th Lipo Stirrup is wrong, it can be copied more difficultly. And it only needs to love more signals, and its composition is also simpler. Next, the method of installing glycosides using the master code 629 and de a 1 e r code will be explained. The fifty-eighth figure shows the complete "Procedure" of the sub-cipher decoder 64 3. This process picture consists of three major steps: the company's processing step 40 5 a, the store's processing step 40 5 b, and the user's processing step 405 c. Mu Xian first, in the processing step 40 5 a of Ciao Ya Company, as explained in the M 52 circle of the first embodiment. The master disc_number encoder 5 3 7 summarizes the original disc inherent to the original disc I D627 The physical ID D626, the serial number, etc., the keyword ID I628, and the sub-cipher code decoding number η5, such as η 5 = 1 51, etc., and the secret code is converted into the master secret code 629. Therefore, tampering can be prevented. For each store or service center, the store number is exposed as η 5 to -56. This paper is used in 88 standard ((: > 15) 84 specifications (210 > < 297 commonweed) (please read Back d & Notes and then fill out this page

U 裝-- 、1Τ .1 A 7 B.7 310421 五、發明説明( 商店,只提供一個暗號。而每画碟片在其主盤暗號6 2 9 中,读將次暗號解碼號碼η 5644設定為例如η 5 = 1 5 1 。因此,第五十t:圓之碟片之次_號645僅被以商 店號碼為1 5 1之次暗號解碼器646所苻號化。在此碟 片上,次暗號解碼器647 ,ί系Mn5洌如n5 = 1 5 1 和商店暗號6 29加以設定3因此,gp使K其它號碼之次 暗號缓碼器646家Μ孀碼,因此部份不破復元,玫無法 (琦先玷讀背面之注意事項再填寫夂s) f Ψ ir % 1 5 1 6 a «· 定。 理步驟 片物理 限剌台 。此次 而麽用 以暗號 紀錄部 理步驟 碼器5 物理I m η w 鼷號磚 動作。 因此· 5 i之暗號 程式之解除 在下一 料 6 4 9。 苷理I D 6 5 1 、及服 1 5 1之商 暗號缅碼器 而記錄於碟 在其次 2 9,並以 復元。並以 碟片物理I 篡改之檢査 只有η 5 = 孀磚器S 4 及台數之設 個商店之處 其中•除磲 2 8之安装 務用密碼等 店所保密· 6 4 6 a 加 片2之磁性 之使用者處 主盤暗號解 其中之原盤 D 6 2 6 和 。次信號解 號之商店> 設定此 Μ 4 0 5 b·U loaded-, 1Τ .1 A 7 B.7 310421 V. Description of the invention (store, only one secret number is provided. And each disc is in its main disc secret number 6 2 9, read and decode the secondary secret number η 5644 For example, η 5 = 1 5 1. Therefore, the fiftieth t: round disc No. 645 is only numbered by the code number decoder 646 with the store number of 1 51. On this disc , Sub-cipher decoder 647, ln5 Mn5 such as n5 = 1 5 1 and store secret number 6 29 is set to 3. Therefore, gp makes K other number sub-cipher slow coders 646 Μ widow code, so part of it is not broken Mei cannot (Qi first read the precautions on the back and then fill in the s) f Ψ ir% 1 5 1 6 a «· fixed. The physical limit of the processing steps. This time it is used to secretly record the management step code. 5 Physical I m η w brick operation. Therefore, the release of the secret code program of 5 i is in the next material 6 4 9. The ID code 5 5 1 and the commercial secret code of the kimono 1 5 1 are recorded on the disc. Secondly, 2 9 and restore it. And the physical tampering check of the disc is only η 5 = widower S 4 and the number of stores where there is a store • Except for 2 8 The installation password and other store secrets are kept secret. 6 4 6 a The magnetic disk of the user who adds the magnetic film 2 decrypts the original disk D 6 2 6 and the original disk. The shop with the secondary signal decryption> Set this Μ 4 0 5 b ·

I D 6 2 6 數 6 5 0、 菅理資料6 所撕有之η 化,並作成 中 G 4 0 5 c· 3 4將主盤 D输蜜原盤 理 I D 6 2 6 4 4被復 可利用η 5 = 1 之流通控制,8Ρ 將作成次W理資 外•更包含碟片 使用限剌時間6 4 9係為η 5 = 5 = 1 5 1之次 次Sf號6 4 5 , 再生主盤暗號6 管理資料6 4 8 是否為複製‘ K 8竄行I D號碼 元 > 在步驟4 0 本紙法尺度逯用中S國家樣準 ( CNS ) A4*Jl格(210X297公釐) A7 B7 310421 五、發明説明( 5d ,次晻虢解碼號碼n5 ,例如n5 = l 5 1被邂擇。 在碟片2之光ROM部,澡暗號化並紀錄有洌如00 1號 至9 9 9號之次暗號解碼號之程式或資料。其中,持定之 ’亦即n5= 1 5 1之資料被再生,在主盤暗號解碼器5 34上將n5 = 1 5 1之次暗號解碼器647復元。此場 合•因次暗號解碼器被晻號化,故具有不會被篡改之效槊 。籍由次暗號解碼器6 4 7 ,從次_號中,將次酋理賈料 5 4 9復元。因次%理簧料549中包含有物理I D62 6 ,故可實行資料篡改之檢査。又,因記錄有安装台數6 5 0、使用限剌時間6 5 1 ^解除程式號爾6 5 2 ,此碟 片2之被解除之程式號碼和可安装之台數等即可被限制。 此設定可由商店號碼η 5之商店任意設定。因此.有關碟 片及钦體之販賣状況|各國之各地湿之商店可實行其最佳 之設定。 Κ下使用第五十八疆之流程麵更詳ffl銳明第五十t曬 之流程。在第五十八圈中•钦髖公司之碟片製谊程序4 0 5 a偽被添加於商店之磲片之使用隈钊程序4 0 5 b ,並 追加商店之程式使用許可程序4 0 5 d和使用者之安中程 序405c。苜先,在磲片製造程序4Q5a ,以步驟4 1 0 a之原盤製埴工程作成原盤,並抽出其位址一座檷表 、錯誤-位址表等原盤物理I D。在將原盤製埴成磲片基 板之步驟4 1 0 b之第一金靨反射膜製造工程中,如荊述 ,籍由設置間駄之無反射曆之低反射部等手段 > 於各個碟 -58- 本纸Λ尺度遇用tan家糅準(CNS ) A4*ll格(2丨ox 297公釐) (請先ΜΪ#背面之注意事項具填寫本f ) 訂 線 -—ϋ - - i I -- - - - - - - I - - -- -1 I - 11 310421 is^"_^^4% f xh 乍太 p-T"- A7 B7五、發明説明() 片上作成不同之物理持激,並抽出碟片物理[D。 在步驟4 1 0 c之序列號礴發生工程,便產生每片碟 片均不同之序列號竭等之碟片管理I D ,並指定次暗號解 碼號碼η 5 、在步猱4 1 0 d ,Μ主盤暗號解竭器加Μ暗 號化,作成碟片主盤暗號.在步媒4 1 0 e ,在第二金屬 反射膜工程中,對各片碟片記鏵以圓形嶸形碼等之不同之 記錄號碼。或者,在步驟4 1 0 f ,記錄於磁性記錄層, 而製造碟片2。在1欠~商店號竭η 6之步驟405 b ,在 步驟4 1 0 s作成碟片次菅理霣料649 ,在步驟4 1 0 h ,以n6號之次暗號编碼器646作成磲片次睹號,在 步驟4 1 0 i將之記錄於磁性纪錄歷。在次一使用者之安 装程序405c ,茴先,讀取襯器I D ,並將機器I D記 錄於安装菅理資料654之機器[D記錄區6 5 5。其次 ,在步琢4 1 Ok,將懺器I DE錄於HDD ·確認碟Η 2中之許可安装之綦本程式號碼之安装許可欄誌6 5 3。 禰誌653a 、653b、653c將分別顯示對熥器I D1 、2、3之機器之安裝許可。在匯中,«有醆器I D 1和3被許可安装。安装後,在步驟4 1 Om ,記錄全部 之安装管理資料653。在步驟4 1 On ,進人付費即允 許安装之新程式:nP。在步驟4 1 0 p .激成將nP安 装於機器ID1 、3之壜合之追加安裝管理資料6 54 a 。資料中,在安装許可禰誌653f 、653h中設有安 装許可廉誌6 5 3。然浚將此賨料傳送给商店。而進人商 -5 9 - {請先KS讀牙面之注意事項耳填寫本s') 」 裝 丁 本紙涑尺度遇用+國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨OX 297公釐) 310421五、發明説明( A7 B7 店之使用許可程序405d ,在步驟4 1 Ou ,商店將可 確認是否已收取程式安装費。若為Y E S則逡入步驟4 1 Ον ,並以次暗號鏞竭器NO . nP ,將追加之安装蓄理 簧料654a暗號化,在步驟4 i Ow作成安装管理號碼 •並簿送給使用者。而使用#,在步驟4 1 0 q ,接收安 装苷理號礴6 5 5 ,在步隳4 1 0 s ,Μ次暗號解碼器N 〇 ’ ηΡ復元暗號,並復元追加ζ安装管理簧料654a ,在步琛4 1〇實行新程式之安装。此時,在步驟4 1 0 X ,對照被®元之物理I D資料和從碟片中測得之物 理ID賁料,僅在OK之場合•進入步驟410z ,而關 始程式η P之安装。於篡改時,因韧理I D不一致,故可 防止不法篡改。此場合,因追加程式η Ρ中,在安装許可 摞誌653a 、653中像定為1 ,玟僅有櫬器I D為1 和3之程式安装玻許可。又•在第五圔中所示# |係為位 址一座標霣訊5 3 2被暗號化,並將之紀錄於光ROM之 方法。惟,如第十五圓所示,暗號化此位址-座檷位置買 訊5 3 2 ,作成條形碼狀之光翬疆樣.並作成具有條形碼 狀之無反射部之反射膜· g卩可Μ光讀頭6再生此條形碼圈 樣。此塌合,像使光再生面和反射刺之屎護層6 1 0透明 化,蘋由於光讀頭6之相反側之面上設置光感應器Μ讚収 條形竭,即可再生防止複製信號。此場含,從嶸形碼中再 生時鏡信號,並控剌馬埵之回轉,§卩使不使用FG馬達, 亦可丨吏馬壤作定速回轉而實行對磁性紀錄部之記錄。如第 -6 0 - (請先5fl讀背*之注意事項再填寫本頁) IU... 裝ID 6 2 6 Count 6 5 0, 潅 理 资料 6 teared η, and made G 4 0 5 c · 3 4 will transfer the main disk D to the original disk ID 6 2 6 4 4 is available again η 5 = 1 circulation control, 8P will be used as a secondary W management. It also includes the disc usage limit time 6 4 9 series is η 5 = 5 = 1 5 1 secondary secondary Sf number 6 4 5, regenerate the master secret number 6 Management data 6 4 8 Whether it is a copy of the “K 8 channel ID number element >> In step 4 0, the Chinese standard national standard (CNS) A4 * Jl grid (210X297mm) is used. A7 B7 310421 V. Description of the invention (5d, the sub-crypto decoding number n5, for example, n5 = l 5 1 is selected. In the optical ROM section of disc 2, the password is coded and the sub-crypto decoding number ranging from 00 1 to 9 9 9 is recorded. The program or data. Among them, the data that holds' that is, n5 = 1 5 1 is reproduced, and the secondary password decoder 647 of n5 = 1 5 1 is restored on the master password decoder 5 34. This occasion The password decoder is coded, so it has the effect that it will not be tampered with. By the sub-code decoder 6 4 7, from the sub-number, the sub-prime chief is expected to restore 5 4 9. Because of the reason of the spring 549 Contains physical ID 62 6, so it can be checked for data tampering. Furthermore, because the number of installed units 6 5 0 and the use limit time 6 5 1 ^ release program number 6 5 2 are recorded, the disc 2 is released. The program number and the number of units that can be installed can be limited. This setting can be arbitrarily set by the store with the store number η 5. Therefore. Regarding the sales status of discs and chinensis Set. The process of using the 58th Xinjiang under Κ is more detailed. The flow of the fifty-fifth t drying is in the 58th circle. • The disc making program of Qin Hip Company 4 0 5 a was added pseudo Use the Kumazawa program 4 0 5 b in the store's 磲 片, and add the store's program use permission program 4 0 5 d and the user's safety in the program 405c. First, in the 飲片 manufacturing process 4Q5a, take step 4 1 The original disk making project of 0 a is made into the original disk, and the physical IDs of the original disk such as an address table, error-address table, and the like are extracted. In the step 4 1 0 b of the original gold plate reflection, the original disk is made into a chip substrate In the film manufacturing process, as described in Jing Jing, the low-reflection part of the non-reflective calendar is installed Paragraph > For each disc-58- The paper Λ scale meets the tan family standard (CNS) A4 * ll grid (2 丨 ox 297mm) (please fill in this f) for the precautions on the back of ΜΪ # -—Ϋ--i I-------I----1 I-11 310 421 is ^ " _ ^^ 4% f xh Chatai p-T "-A7 B7 () Create different physical stimuli on the film and extract the disc physics [D. In step 4 1 0 c, the serial number generation process will generate a disc management ID with a different serial number for each disc, and specify the sub-cipher code decoding number η 5, in step 4 1 0 d, M The master password decryptor is added with the password to make the master disc secret code. In step media 4 1 0 e, in the second metal reflective film project, each disc is recorded with a round R code, etc. Different record numbers. Alternatively, in step 4 1 0 f, the magnetic recording layer is recorded, and the disc 2 is manufactured. In step 1 405 b of the store number η 6 of the store owed, in step 4 1 0 s, a disc was prepared for the second time, and in the next step 4 10 h, in step 4 1 0 h, the code number 646 of the next sub-code of n6 was used to make the disc. See the number twice, and record it in the magnetic record calendar in step 4 1 0 i. In the next user's installation procedure 405c, first read the liner ID and record the machine ID in the machine [D record area 6 5 5] where the data 654 is installed. Next, at step 4 1 Ok, record the device I DE in the HDD. Confirm the installation permission column 6 5 3 of the program number of the license program installed on the disc Η 2. Youzhi 653a, 653b, and 653c will show the installation licenses for the machines I D1, 2, and 3, respectively. In the sink, «There are devices ID 1 and 3 are licensed to install. After installation, in step 4 1 Om, record all installation management data 653. In step 4 1 On, the new program that is allowed to be installed upon payment is nP. In step 4 1 0 p. It is necessary to install nP on the device ID1 and 3 in combination with additional installation management data 6 54 a. In the document, the installation license Lianzhi 6 5 3 is provided in the installation licenses Youzhi 653f and 653h. Ran Jun sent the clam to the store. And Jinshen-5 9-{Please read the precautions of the tooth surface and fill in this s')》 The size of the paper with Dingben is used + the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 OX 297mm) 310421 V. Description of invention (A7 B7 shop use license program 405d, in step 4 1 Ou, the store will be able to confirm whether the program installation fee has been charged. If it is YES, enter step 4 1 Ον, and use the sub-signal to exhaust the device NO. NP, code the additional installation storage spring material 654a, and create an installation management number • combination in step 4 i Ow to send to the user. Use #, in step 4 1 0 q to receive the installation glycolysis number. 6 5 5, in Bu Yuan 4 1 0 s, M times the password decoder N 〇 'ηΡ recovers the password, and recovers the additional ζ installation management spring material 654a, and implements the new program installation in Buchen 4 10. At this time, Step 4 1 0 X, compare the physical ID data of the measured yuan with the physical ID data measured from the disc, only in the case of OK • enter step 410z, and start the installation of the program η P. When tampering, Due to the inconsistent tenacity ID, it can prevent unauthorized tampering. In this case, due to the additional program η Ρ, the installation permission In Chi 653a and 653, the image is set to 1, and only the program with the device ID of 1 and 3 is allowed to install the glass. Also shown in the fifth 圔 # | is the address of a standard sign 5 3 2 is secretly coded And record it in the optical ROM. However, as shown in the fifteenth circle, secretly code this address-the position of the purchase price 5 3 2 to make a barcode-like light border. And make it with a barcode Reflective film with no reflection part in the shape · This barcode ring pattern can be reproduced by the optical pickup 6. This collapsing is like making the light reproduction surface and the reflective thorn shit protective layer 6 1 0 transparent, due to the optical pickup On the surface on the opposite side of 6 is provided with a photo sensor M. If the stripe is exhausted, the anti-duplication signal can be regenerated. This field includes regenerating the time-mirror signal from the R-code and controlling the rotation of the horse, §. Without using the FG motor, you can also perform a fixed speed rotation of the Ma Yang to record in the magnetic recording department. For example, -6 0-(please read the notes on the back of 5fl before filling in this page) IU ...

、1T 線 本紙乐尺度遘用中困國家標窣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公* > 310421五、發明説明() A7 B.7 四十六圔所示,薙由檢知防止拷貝用光漂誌之位址位置、 倌號漕被置 gP可識別及排除正規碟片及不法複製碟片。 又·雖使用RSA函敝作為暗號函數•但亦可使用檷晒曲 線凾數或DE S函數。第五十九画中之光學檷誌3 3 7和 光面之位址為置之角度位置藺係,儀為每片碟片均不同者- 0 又·條形碼狀之低反射部5 84如第六十晒之工程所 __ -4%-- 示,係Μ當射敝_装置(i aser trimming )所作成者。在工程(3) ( 4 )之M —次雷射微調工程 中,將S射643之光束,Μ番射掃瞄器644加以掃瞄 ,以作成非直線狀_揉6 5 3 |而澉成工程(4)所示之 低反射部584。在本發明中|如工程(3),係5射加 工為据齒吠而非直線吠,因此,在本發明中.藉由1 丁單 位即可檢知低反射部,故欲複製本發明之磲片,則必須在 信號槽單位,g卩水平、垂麗雙方向上ΜΟ · 8 um之精度 實行独刻者。對此•汎用之S射掃瞄懺之精度因均在1 0 “mK上,故以市售之襯器涤無法複製無度射部5 84。 和第四十九圖所示相同.如第六十一匾所示,藉由霤射徽 調·在工程(3)做成随之ID嫌誌,在工程(5)檢 知I D摞誌之位址、時鐘號瑪.將之與邏轎I D號碼一起 暗號化。此暗號,在工程(6)之第二次S射徽調工程中 •被作成條形碼般之臟銜幡度調製信號而被記錄。如此, gp可作成每片碟片均不同,且無法篡改之I D號碼,而形 -6 1 - 水纸張疋度逍用中國8家捸率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公藿) {請先閱讀背面之注意筝項再填寫本頁)、 1T line paper music standard use the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public *> 310421 V. Description of invention () A7 B.7 Forty-six, as shown by the detection to prevent copying out of light The location of the drifting address and the number of the channel are set to gP to identify and exclude regular discs and illegally copied discs. Also, although the RSA function is used as a secret number function, you can also use the drying curve or DE S function The optical position in the fifty-ninth painting 3 3 7 and the position of the light surface are set at the angle position, the instrument is different for each disc-0 and the bar code-shaped low reflection part 5 84 is as the first The Sixty Sun Engineering Institute __ -4%-shows that it is the creator of the M as a shot trimming device (i aser trimming). In the M-time laser fine-tuning project of engineering (3) (4), the The beam of S-643 is scanned by the M-scanner 644 to make it non-linear _ kneading 6 5 3 | and the low-reflection part 584 shown in the engineering (4) is formed. In the present invention, as engineering (3), the 5-shot processing is based on tooth bark instead of straight bark. Therefore, in the present invention, the low reflection part can be detected by 1 unit, so if you want to copy the bun piece of the present invention, then It must be implemented independently in the signal slot unit, with the accuracy of M 8 · 8 um in both horizontal and vertical directions. For this reason, the accuracy of the general-purpose S-shot scanning is all at 10 "mK, so it is commercially available. The lining device can not replicate the infinite shot part 5 84. The same as shown in the forty-ninth picture. As shown in the sixty-first plaque, by sliding the emblem adjustment in the project (3) made with the ID In the project (5), the ID address and clock number of the ID stack were detected. Code it together with the ID number of the logic car. This password is in the second S-sign emblem project in the project (6) • It is recorded as a bar code-like dirty modulation signal and recorded. In this way, gp can be made into an ID number that is different for each disc and cannot be tampered with, and the shape -6 1-water paper Emulsion rate (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 common patchouli) {Please read the note on the back side before filling in this page)

J 裝丨 C _ In X· m. mJ outfit 丨 C _ In X · m. M

A7 B7五、發明説明() 成於CD之光記錄部上。如第六十七圈所示,在工程(2 )預先檢知原貉之物理配置貢訊532·並Μ暗號繙碼器 5 3 7將之暗號化,復以脈衡傾度綢製部6 5 6敏成C Ρ 條形碼信號。對已完成之原盤之内周部或外周部,在工程 (3)中•以雷射微調装置或切削衬.切去頭盤之一部, 而以C Ρ條形碼之脈酯幅度,設置無信號《部。在此領域 只可再生0之埋鑛資料。在工程(7),以PWM復元部 6 2 1 ,測量此· 碼狀之脈衝幅度,即可復元防止拷貝 資科。如此,在使用者階段,即可險知樓製之碟片。又, 如第六十八画所示,與第三十二_之情形相同,在工程( 6),以第一原盤,完成碟片2,在工程(7) *第一原 螌5 7 5之物理配置黄訊5 3 2被暗號化,並作成記錄有 該暗號之第二原盤575a,在工程(8),在M —反射 瞋48上設置30iim之透明暦,並Μ公知之2P法,藉 由第二原盤575a ,形成信號權•並形成第二反射膜4 8 a。藉此,第二反射膜48 a上,因記錄有"第一反射膜 48之物理配置資訊532 ,玟可實現高保護革之防止拷 貝碟片。 又,如第六十二圈(a)所示,從控剌部10中檢知 位址An時,將軌跡蹁離切換信號(of f track )送至循跡倥剌回路24 *藉由孰跡间腯極性反_回路6 46 ,使軌跡伺服回路24 a之極性倒反。之浚,從第六 十二圔(6)所示之正極性同服所產生之On Trac -6 2 - (請先Kltt背面之注意事項再填寫本f ) _____r _ 裝 丁____ --.° 線 本纸法又度遢用申國國家操率(CNS ) A4規格(2【OX 297公瘦) 3104^1 A7 B7 五、發明说明( k i n s 狀 六十二a ( 4 6 a ' 4 之兩端•使 十二画(c b為同相時 強化,而使 再生正常信 ,而再生成 如第六 時,將Μ相 6完全一致 態•亦 c )所 6 b之 光束行 )所示 ,兩者 同相再 號》#. 振椹無 十三圈 當低之 且成為 即信號 示之逆 01樣接 走於相 ,當郯 之交調 生信號 &是反 變化之 所示· 懶率, 同相之 漕4 6上之 極性同服。 近光感懕器 郯接之層軌 接之軌跡之 (C Γ 0 S 6 5 0被再 向之場合, 信號。 再生C D之 出現郯擬軌 情形。在此 行走嫌懸,切換成第 然後,控刹使信號m 648a ' 648b 跡之IE中間。如第六 信號漕4 6 a 、4 6 s t a i k )信號玻 生。$0非同相I則不 交調信號將互相抵銷 全部資料之交調信號 跡之複數涵信號樓4 領域中,在一定時間 (請先閱讀背&之注意事項再填寫本f) 」‘丨 裝— 訂 1 年 ψ 1 % T s内•可檢知連續之同相信號 、6 53c 。此時,當特定位址 ’在同相區塊S1之機架Syn 似到埵之同相區塊6 5 3 ,並油 A η和配置角度θ η和同相再生 容於原盤物理ID表532。將 Μ部之條肜碼狀無反射部中。或 於再生此CD時,獼由第六十二 部|再生此原盤物理配置表5 3 3 5。根據此霣料,如第六十三 設定角度0。接罾在位址A 1 , -6 3 * 匾塊 653a、653b A η在交調時產生衝突時 c信號654中> ®選取 出複數組。然後,將泣址 瑪652 & 、652b 牧 此表記錄於CD之光RO 者·記鏵於磁性記錄部。 画之光再生部或磁性再生 2 |將資料送至對照部5 所示,茴先在位址Ak 交調將產生衡突·而先檢 線 本纸張尺度通用ta國家糅來(CNS ) A4规格(210X 297公潑} 310421 a? ___B7 五、發明説明() 知襯架Sync信號S54a ,而測最當時之角度θ 1 。 同時並再生同相再生碼652a” i 000 1 000 1 0 0 1” ,亦再生反相再生碼” 0000000 ” 。此測量 所得之資料,薄由對照部5 3 5加Μ對照是否與原盤物理 ID表532 —致•若不一致時.藉由输出/動作濘止部-536 ·匣程式之動作或輸出淨比。對位址A 2之囿相區 塊6 5 3 b亦霣行同漾之對照作業,對照同相再生信號之 饈架S y n c信角度Θ 2和同相再生碼652 " 10 0010010001 · ·是否與原盤物理ID表一 致0 .♦ 在第六+三曬之方式中.苜先對照間相區塊之同相再 生碼652是否一致。為複製此部份,必須Μ 4 . 3MH ζ之周期Τ之0 . 5Τ之精度,正確地作成郯接軌跡之信 號«。若不蘧由CAV蝕刻原盤,即無法到壤此糈度。同 時,並测量機架Sync654a之角度位置On。各同 相區瑰653a 、653b之間*燦MCLV加以記錄。 因此,欲使角度位置θ η —致,則必須以高精度之C L V 記錄之。亦即,欲使角度θ η和間相再生碼完全一致,須 ΜΟ · 5Τ之精度控剌CLVM作成原盤。此状況以目前 之装置偽無法作到。如此,Μ由組合角度θ η和同相再生 磚卽可防止原盤被複製。 本發明係於CD之藤鑛面具宵磁性記錄層。因此,如 第六十四匾(a)所示,於磁性紀錄曆上具有垃圾等興物 -6 4 - (請先«!讀背*之注意筝硕具填穽本I)A7 B7 V. Description of invention () It is formed on the optical recording part of CD. As shown in circle 67, the physical configuration of the original raccoon dog was pre-detected in the project (2) Gong Xun 532 · and M code translator 5 3 7 coded, and then the pulse inclination silk system 6 5 6 Min into a CP barcode signal. For the inner or outer peripheral part of the completed original disc, in project (3), a laser fine-tuning device or cutting lining is used. One part of the head disc is cut away, and the pulse ester width of the C Ρ barcode is set to no signal. "unit. In this field, only 0 buried data can be regenerated. In the project (7), the PWM recovery unit 6 2 1 is used to measure the pulse amplitude of this code, and the recovery can be prevented. In this way, in the user stage, you can know the disc made by the building. Also, as shown in the 68th painting, in the same way as the 32nd _, in the project (6), complete the disc 2 with the first original disc, in the project (7) * the first original scorpion 5 7 5 The physical configuration of Huang Xun 5 3 2 is secret coded, and a second original disc 575a with the secret code is recorded. In project (8), a 30iim transparent beam is set on M-reflection 48, and the well-known 2P method, With the second master 575a, the signal right is formed and the second reflection film 48a is formed. As a result, the physical configuration information 532 of the "first reflective film 48" is recorded on the second reflective film 48a, and a high protection leather can be realized to prevent copying of the disc. Also, as shown in the sixty-second circle (a), when the address An is detected from the control unit 10, a track deviation switching signal (of f track) is sent to the tracking circuit 24 * by what Reversal of polarity between tracks_Loop 6 46 makes the polarity of the track servo loop 24 a reverse. Zhijun, On Trac -6 2-(Please fill in the precautions on the back of Kltt before filling in this f) generated from the positive uniform shown in the 62nd (6). _____R _ 装 丁 ____-. ° The linear paper method also uses the national operating rate (CNS) A4 specification (2 [OX 297 male thin) 3104 ^ 1 A7 B7 5. Description of invention (kins-shaped sixty-two a (4 6 a '4 of Both ends • Make the twelve paintings (cb is strengthened when the phase is the same, and the regeneration is normal, and the regeneration is as in the sixth, the M phase 6 is completely consistent • Also c) the beam line of 6 b), as shown in the two者 同 相 再 号》 #. Vibration has no thirteen laps when it is low and becomes the inverse of the signal. 01 is taken to the phase, when the intersection of the tan and the regenerating signal & is shown in reverse change. The polarity on the Cao 4 6 is the same. The signal of the track where the low-light sensor is connected to the layer track (C Γ 0 S 6 5 0 is re-directed. The case of the replay CD appears to be a track. This walk is overhanging, switch to the first, and then control the brake to make the signal m 648a '648b in the middle of the IE. As the sixth signal is 4 6 a, 4 6 staik) the signal is born. $ 0 non-in-phase I Non-intermodulation signals will cancel each other out of the intermodulation signal trace of all the data. In the 4th area of the complex signal building, at a certain time (please read the precautions before filling in this f) '' '丨 installed-1 year subscription Within ψ 1% T s • Continuous in-phase signal can be detected, 6 53c. At this time, when the specific address' in the rack Syn of the in-phase block S1 appears to be in the in-phase block 6 5 3, and A η and the configuration angle θ η and in-phase reproduction are contained in the physical ID table 532 of the original disc. In the stripe-shaped non-reflective part of the M part. Or when the CD is reproduced, the physical configuration of the original disc is reproduced from the sixty-second part | Table 5 3 3 5. According to this expectation, set the angle 0 as in the sixty-third. Connect at the address A 1, -6 3 * plaques 653a, 653b A η in the c signal 654 when conflict occurs during intermodulation > ® Select the complex array. Then, record the Kejima 652 & 652b, record this table in the CD of the light RO, and record it in the magnetic recording section. Picture of the light reproduction section or magnetic reproduction 2 | Send the data As shown in the comparison section 5, the Ani first at the address Ak intermodulation will produce a balance, and the first inspection of the paper standard universal ta national mix (CNS) A4 regulations Grid (210X 297 public splash) 310421 a? ___B7 V. Description of the invention () Knowing the Sync signal S54a of the backing frame, and measuring the most recent angle θ 1. Simultaneously and regenerating the in-phase regeneration code 652a ”i 000 1 000 1 0 0 1” , Also regenerate the inverse regeneration code "0000000". The data obtained by this measurement is based on whether the comparison part 5 3 5 plus M comparison is the same as the original disk physical ID table 532. If it is inconsistent. By the output / action stop part -536. The action or output net ratio of the box program. For the phase block 6 5 3 b at the address A 2, the same operation is also carried out, and the synchronizing signal angle of the in-phase regeneration signal Θ 2 and the in-phase regeneration code 652 " 10 0010010001 The physical ID table is consistent. 0. In the sixth + three exposure method, the alfalfa first checks whether the in-phase regeneration code 652 of the interphase block is consistent. In order to copy this part, the accuracy of 0.5T of the period T of Μ4. 3MH ζ must be correctly made into the signal of the tandem track «. If the original disc is not etched by CAV, it will not be possible to reach this level. At the same time, and measure the angular position of rack Sync654a On. * Can MCLV is recorded between 653a and 653b in the same phase zone. Therefore, to make the angular position θ η consistent, it must be recorded with high precision C L V. That is, in order to make the angle θ η and the inter-phase reproduction code completely identical, it is necessary to make CLVM with a precision control of Μ0 · 5Τ as the original disc. This situation cannot be achieved with current devices. In this way, M regenerates the brick by combining the angle θ η and the same phase to prevent the original disc from being copied. The present invention is based on the magnetic recording layer of the vine ore mask of CD. Therefore, as shown in the sixty-fourth plaque (a), there are garbage and other objects on the magnetic record calendar -6 4-(please first «! Read the back * note that the zither master has to fill the textbook I)

, -I -- 1 - - — I-I -· ...... - 1:1 H k 订 ί 線 本紙法尺度通用+困國家揉舉(〇^)44规格(210乂297公釐) 310421 a? B7 五、發明説明() 655a 、655b 、655c時,其紀錄持性將變劣。 在第四十匾之再生输出檢知部6 5 7中•饉由K比較器6 5 9比較再生輸出和再生输出綦準值6 5 8 ,即可榆知此 變劣狀態。此時•籍由碟片回轉角度檢知部3 3 5 ,卽可 獲知相對角度,故可檢知異物6 5 5所存在之軌跡數之位、 置及角度位置0 D。此場合,播由將光面位置及酒濺印刷 角度之偏差記錄於磁性記錄暦,即可計算出瀰蘩印刷面上 之輸出變劣部之角~度。此位置,將被與碟片磲籤印刷角度 和再生輸出變劣部659 ,作成輸出變劣灌誌660a 、 660 b、660c ,而同時頚示於第六十四謹(b).中 之表示部1 6之視窗567中。囡使用者可知悉何處有異 物655 ,故其具有可容易除去異物655之效果。若將 1〜7和A〜G之座額設於碟片2和顯示部之視窗567 上•則其除卻更為容易。第六十五讓所示者為對具髓之視 窗567a、567b之使用者提示錯誤訊患之例。在步 驟47 1 a ,記錄航跡Τη時,在步驟47 1 dg卩再生軌 跡Τη *在步驟47 1 f檢査再生輸出險知部657之_ 出是否超過基準值,若在基準值Μ下則進行步驟471 i •若為第一次則在步驟47 1 出第六十五麵之鍇誤訊 息並*行碟片之頚示淸除,而排出碟片。然後回到步驟4 7 1 d ,若其輸出位準在基上則實行記錄,若為Μ 下則進人步琢4 7 1 Γ ,令使用者再濟除。到第三次,若 再生镝出仍為回復,則壞行步鼸4 7 1 X ,,發棄軌跡Τ η-g 5 - (請先聞讀背*之注意*項再填芎本頁) - 11 1· Ξ tnn -I · 裝--- 丁 i 本纸铢尺度通用中®國家揉搴(CNS ) A4蚬格(2I0X 29了公藿) 310421 A7 _B7 五、發明説明() ,以其它之軌跡之交錯寘料((nter ί eave d a t a)重製資料,將賣料記錄於新軌跡Tn + t ,而在 步琢47 1 z終结其記錄再生。又,如第三十一圖之波形 2所示,於原盤蝕刻時,根據偏移信號,黎更信號之脈衝 幡度•而改麥功率比時,如波形1 5 1所示.將發生偏移、 霣壓么乂 s 。此情形,可鞴由第四十驅之方塊圃中之波形 聱形器3 8 a之限幅位準V s输出部3 8 b所输出之隈幡 位準霣壓,以及塞1限幡位準電驟間之蔆之儒移電懕Δ V s之檢知而得知。如第三十八圃所示,箱由對照磲片樹理 形狀表5 3 2之臈移霣壓配1貢訊和餳移霣壓檢知部6 6 0之角度位置或位址配置,檢知不法複製之離片。 <第二實施例> Μ下說明有關本發明之光記錄媒臞之第二實施洌和本 發明之光碟再生装置之第二實腌例。 在本發明中,係於光紀錄媒艚之CD等之光ROM磲 片之原盤製作時之紀錄信虢中.溫入與通常不同之持殊防 止拷貝信號,以作成特殊之原盤,而防止複製者。此特殊 之防止拷貝信號係玻表斑為CP信號。如Μ七十六麵(a )所示|在本發明之光記錄媒鱺之第二實施洌之光碟上, 於特定圃漾之臈移CP信號配置資訊信虢2 5 (亦可僅稱 為CP倌號配置貢訊)之缦·設置為將眼孔钃漾之中心自 振幡中心,偏移既定之大小.即將功率比自_缠值(通常 為50%)儷移之CP信號724 (724a〜724g -86- 本紙涑尺度遴用中® a家糅窣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐 (請先«1請背*之注意事項再填寫本f ), -I-1--— II-· ......-1: 1 H k 線 線 本 纸 法 標 標 簡體 + Tricky Country (〇 ^) 44 specifications (210 to 297 mm) 310421 a? B7 Fifth, the description of invention () 655a, 655b, 655c, its record-holding will become worse. In the 40th plaque's regeneration output detection unit 6 5 7 • The K comparator 6 5 9 compares the regeneration output with the regeneration output standard value 6 5 8 to know this degraded state. At this time, from the disc rotation angle detection unit 3 3 5, the relative angle can be known, so the position, position and angle position 0 D of the number of tracks where the foreign object 6 5 5 exists can be detected. In this case, by recording the deviation of the smooth surface position and the wine splash printing angle on the magnetic recording pad, the angle ~ degree of the output deterioration part on the printing surface of the millet can be calculated. At this position, it will be printed with the disc label and the regenerative output degraded part 659, which will produce the output degraded information 660a, 660b, 660c, and at the same time it is shown in the sixty-fourth (b). Part 1-6 of the window 567. The user can know where the foreign matter 655 is, so it has the effect of easily removing the foreign matter 655. If the seats of 1 ~ 7 and A ~ G are set on the disc 2 and the window 567 of the display part, the division is easier. The sixty-fifth example is shown as an example of prompting an error message to users of the pith windows 567a and 567b. In step 47 1 a, when recording the track Tn, in step 47 1 dg, the regeneration track Tn * in step 47 1 f, check whether the output of the regeneration output warning unit 657 exceeds the reference value, and if the reference value M is reached, proceed to step 471 i • If it is the first time, the error message on the 65th side will be displayed in step 47 1 and the disc will be erased and the disc will be ejected. Then go back to step 4 7 1 d, if the output level is on the base, then record it, if it is under M, then go to 4 7 1 Γ and let the user save again. By the third time, if the regenerated dysprosium is still a reply, the bad line will be 4 7 1 X, and the trajectory τ η-g 5-(please read the * Notes on the back first and then fill in this page) -11 1 · Ξ tnn -I · Packing --- Dingi Original paper Baht standard Universal China® National Rubbing (CNS) A4 Clam (2I0X 29 with the commonweed) 310421 A7 _B7 V. Description of invention (), other (Nter ί eave data) reproduces the data, records the sold materials on the new track Tn + t, and ends its recording and regeneration at step 47 1 z. Again, as shown in the waveform of Figure 31 As shown in 2, when the original plate is etched, according to the offset signal, the pulse frequency of the Ligen signal is changed, and the wheat power ratio is changed, as shown in the waveform 1 51. The offset and the pressure will occur. This situation , Can be driven by the wave shaper in the 40th drive block garden 3 8 a clipping level V s output section 3 8 b output Kuma stream level voltage, and plug 1 limit stream level voltage Suddenly, the Confucianist of the Sudden Temporary Electricity △ V s is detected. As shown in the thirty-eighth garden, the box consists of the shape and shape of the table 5 3 2 and the pressure is matched with 1 tribute and sugar. Angle of 6 6 0 Position or address configuration to detect unauthorized copying of off-chips. ≪ Second Embodiment > The following describes the second embodiment of the optical recording medium of the present invention and the second actual pick-up of the optical disc reproduction device of the present invention In the present invention, it is in the recording information when the original disc of the optical ROM disc, such as the CD of the optical recording medium, is produced. A special original disc is created by entering a special copy prevention signal that is different from the usual temperature, and Copy protection. This special copy protection signal is a CP signal. As shown in M76-face (a) | On the optical disk of the second implementation of the optical recording medium of the present invention, in a specific nursery The movement of the CP signal configuration information letter 2 (also can be called only the CP number configuration tribute) is set to set the center of the eye hole to oscillate from the center of the flag, offset by a predetermined size. The CP signal 724 (724a ~ 724g -86-) is selected from the self-winding value (usually 50%). It is in the selection of the standard size of the paper. A home 糅 窣 (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm (please first «1 please (Notes on the back * fill in this f)

U .裝— 訂-- 線 A7 B.7 _ 五、發明说明() )加以記錄之領域。 在此•所諝眼孔圈櫬之中心者,係指相當於再生装置 於再生時之類比波·形整形區塊中之最佳限幡位準(基a) 之部汾。 又•所諝眼孔_樣之搌傾中心者《係指以幾何學测定'、 所得之眼孔_揉之振幡方向之中心#。 又,亦可將特定圆揉之C P信號先行信號7 2 6 (7 26a〜72Ss)並設於各CP信號724a〜72 4 S之稍前方。此特定匾揉之CP信號先行信號726 (7 26a〜726s),作為再生之時間性顒序.係可使其 後之將眼孔圔樣之中心自振幡中心儸移既定量所成之CP .信號記錄領域,更明確者。當其興上述C P信號配置寅訊 725 —同被設置時,僅使用該兩#中之一者即可。又, 僅使用CP信號配置賁訊725 ,檢蜜CP信號之有無之 第三實施例(第八十八疆、第八十九_A和第八十九圖B )si!容後述,但該第三實施例和此第一實赃洌,在(1使用 C P信號配置資訊7 2 5之樣態係不相同。 第六十九圖為本發明之光碟再生装置之第二實胨例之 方塊圖。在第六十九醒中,係具衡有:第t十六画(a) 所示之持定圖漾之C P信號配置寘訊7 2 5和C P信虢先 行信號726a〜726s之雙方或一方.在CP信號配 置資訊再生部7 27中,被檢知後,將R F信號復元成數 位信號時之位準隈椹器728之驀值Vs ,變化成對應前 -6 7 - 本纸涑尺度邋用中國國冢梂準(CNS Μ4規格(2丨0乂297公釐) {請先閱讀背*之注忿事項耳填寫本f )U. Binding-Order-Line A7 B.7 _ V. Description of the invention ()) to be recorded. Here, the center of the eye circle is the part corresponding to the optimal limit level (base a) in the analog wave shaping block of the regeneration device during regeneration. Also • The eye center of the eye_like the center of the tilting "refers to the center of the direction of the eyelet _ 渶 之 振 幡 direction # measured by geometry '. In addition, the CP signal advance signal 7 2 6 (7 26a ~ 72Ss) of a specific circle may be provided slightly ahead of each CP signal 724a ~ 72 4 S. The CP signal advance signal 726 (7 26a ~ 726s) of this particular plaque is used as the temporal sequence of regeneration. It can be used to move the center of the eye hole from the center of the vibrating stream to the CP that has been quantitatively formed. .The field of signal recording, which is more clear. When it is configured with the above-mentioned CP signal Yinxun 725-at the same time, only one of the two #s can be used. In addition, only the CP signal is used to configure BenXun 725, and the third embodiment (88th Xinjiang, 89th_A, and 89th Figure B) for detecting the presence or absence of a honeycomb CP signal is to be described later, but this The third embodiment and the first embodiment are different in the configuration of (1 using CP signal configuration information 7 2 5). Figure 69 is a block diagram of a second embodiment of the optical disc reproduction device of the present invention Figure. In the sixty-ninth wake-up, the balance is: the t-th sixteenth picture (a) shows the holding signal of the CP signal configuration 7 2 5 and the CP signal advance signal 726a ~ 726s Or one side. In the CP signal configuration information reproduction unit 7 27, after being detected, the RF value Vs of the level converter 728 when the RF signal is restored to a digital signal changes to correspond to the former -6 7-本 纸 涑The standard is sloppy to use the Chinese national tombstone (CNS Μ4 specifications (2 丨 0 侂 297mm) {Please read the notes on the back * and fill out this f)

3^〇42l A7 B.7 五、發明説明( 齊 部 矢 隹 h3 ^ 〇42l A7 B.7 Fifth, the description of the invention

t % 土 '? SL 述既定量之悬之餳移最V s R之手段;和箏 心自振幡中心偏移既定最之鶊移量Vs R之 法被正確地再生之場合,判斷為禊製雛片* •或者將纘出之資料(若為電腦程式)*傅 作之停止手段。 在第六十九圖之方塊«中,再生裝置全 表示,70 9為光碾* 7 1 0為光拾取器, 馬埵,7 1 2為類比波形整形部,7 14為 部,7 16為聚焦何服部,7 1 7為循跡词 為回轉词服部,7 1 9為將RF信铖復元為 基值之可麥化敝為復元部· 7 2 0為再生時 圔樣之C P信號配置實訊7 2 5或C P信號 6 a〜7 2 6 g時之將前述基值予以變化偏 控剌用倥剌部。 光磔709 ,係被主抽驅動藩7 1 1所 取器7 1 0 ,將半導膻雪射,集光於光碟7 錄面,將來自倌號面之反射光之強度Μ光« 成霣子信號,而得到R F信號。光拾取器7 间服部7 1 6 ,控制成常時對焦於光磔7 0 ,同時以循跡伺服部7 1 7控剌成追蹤半導 態者0 RF信號,破類比波形豎形部7 1 2所 而變成方形波,®以數位值元部7 1 9度元 -5 8 一 暇孔圃揉ζ中 再生信號•無 而淨止其再生 止該程式之動 鱷餘以7 4 7 7 1 1為主軸 數位倌號逋理 服部,7 1 8 數位倍號時之 於檢知持定 先行信號7 2 移量V s R之 回轉。以光拾 0 9之倌號記 二極體等變換 1 ο ϋ由聚輿 9之信號面> 臞霤射光之狀 蹩形其波形· 成數位信號· (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫未ΐ·) _______ft% 土 '? SL Describes the means by which the amount of suspended sugar shifts the most V s R; and when the method of shifting the center of the guzheng from the center of the vibrating stream by the given maximum amount of shift Vs R is correctly regenerated, it is judged to be 禊Production of young film * • Or the data (if it is a computer program) * Fu Zuo's stop means. In the box «Figure 69«, the regenerative device all shows that 70 9 is the optical roller * 7 1 0 is the optical pickup, Ma Si, 7 1 2 is the analog waveform shaping section, 7 14 is the section, 7 16 is Focus on He Fubu, 7 1 7 is the tracking word is the rotating word clothing part, 7 1 9 is the regenerative part that can restore the RF signal to the base value. 7 2 0 is the actual CP signal configuration during regeneration When the signal 7 2 5 or the CP signal 6 a to 7 2 6 g changes the aforementioned base value, the bias control function is changed. Guangmeng 709, which is driven by the main pump driver, 7 1 1 and 7 1 0, shoots the semi-conducting snow, and collects the light on the recording surface of the optical disc 7, and reflects the intensity of the reflected light from the horn surface Μ light «into 霣Sub-signal, and get the RF signal. The optical pickup 7 has a service section 7 1 6, which is controlled to focus on the light beam 7 0 at all times, and at the same time, the tracking servo section 7 1 7 is used to track the semi-conducting state 0 RF signal, and the analog waveform vertical section 7 1 2 is broken. Therefore, it becomes a square wave, with a digital value of 7 1 9 degrees -5 8 and a regenerating signal in a hole of the porphyry. • The regeneration of the program is stopped only to stop the movement of the program. 7 4 7 7 1 1 It is the spindle digital control unit, 7 1 8 digital multiplier is used to detect and hold the advance signal 7 2 rotation of the displacement V s R. Use light pick 0 9 to mark diodes and other transformations 1 ο From the signal surface of Juyu 9> the shape of the light shining its shape · into a digital signal · (please read the precautions on the back before M Not filled in) _______f

’IT _____ί 線 11 - ....... - — j— - - - itjt - I -i-· ! : 1 本纸法尺度通用中國國冢標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) A7 _____B7 五、發明说明() 苒Μ数位信號速理部7 1 4作败位值號麋理,而再生成原 倌號。眼孔Β樣.之中心麥接近振镏中心附近,不發生偏移 當麼之通常記錄之領域之_眼孔_樣之一洌,涤如第t:十圔 之波形9所示。圖之縱抽表示反射光量,其上側所堪示者 為大光悬。又’將哏孔樣之中心自振幡中心,以菲常大~ 之通當脯移15懕將之鐳移,所生成之信號之破紀錄領域2: 眼孔顏樣之一洌,係如第t十一麵之波形9所示。 控制部7 2 0'除控剌再生裝鶩全黼之動作外,依玻 再生之信號之狀況,可將數位《 π部7 1 9於復元時之* 值· g卩限蝠值V s ,對懕Ε嫌信铖中之上逑曝孔圃樣中心 之偏移«壓,霣行將之變化成短時間之指令。此控制部7 20,可為第六十九臞所示之構成,亦可為使用CPU ( 中央演算處理装置),遵從第七十t跚A及瀦七十七_B 所示之流程,將之湏先程式化而使之動作者。又《作為控 制部7 2 0,亦可使用汎用之傾人電腦。'IT _____ ί Line 11-.......-— j—---itjt-I -i- ·!!: 1 Paper-based scale Common China National Mound Standard (CNS) Α4 Specification (210X297 mm) A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention () Random digital signal speed management unit 7 1 4 defeats the bit value number, and regenerates the original number. The center of the eyelet is close to the center of the vibrating eye, and there is no deviation. The _eyelet_like one of the normally recorded fields is shown in the waveform 9 at the t: 十 圔. The vertical drawing of the figure shows the amount of reflected light, and the upper side shows the large light suspension. Also, the center of the hole-like pattern is moved from the center of Zhenbo to the fidelity of Changda ~ when the radium is moved by 15 °. The record-breaking field of the generated signal 2: One of the eyes and eyes is like Waveform 9 on the t-th eleventh face is shown. The control part 7 2 0 ', in addition to controlling the movement of the regenerative reindeer, according to the status of the regenerative signal, the digital value of the π part 7 1 9 at the time of restoration · g, the limit bat value V s, For the deviation of the center of the exposed hole sample center on the top of the letter, it will be changed into a short-term instruction. The control unit 7 20 may be configured as shown in the 69th fold, or it may be a CPU (central calculation processing device), following the procedures shown in the 70th t A and L 77_B. The person who made the first action first. Also "as the control unit 7 2 0, you can also use the universal computer.

在本發明之光碟7 〇 9中’設有可紀錄將暇孔画樓之 中心自振椹中心,偏移所須之遽當最用之信號之e錄領滅 (第一記錄領域)。此光礫7 〇 9中,紀錄有:使眼孔围 漾之中心,位在一定範之振幡中心附近之實行通常纪綠 之領域中,並掲示擴移CP倌號724之IS置狀況之作為 配置表用之CP信號配*資訊725 ’或持定_懺之cP 信號先行信號726。孩記錄有倌號725或72 6之領 域係稱為第二記择領賊。苒生該持定钃襯之0厂信號範重 -69- 本纸法尺度遴用t a明家樣羊(CNS > A4洗格(210x 297公康) {请先Mtt背*之注意事項鼻填环本頁) fcm - I *n 1 , HI I -香 .i . I. . * 油一齊印7¾^4¾員二肖f xh乍上pi ^0421 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 貢訊725或CP先行信號726時,本發明之光磲再生 装置,將判斷其是否為於該持定驪櫬之後,記錄有將眼孔 _揉之中心玫意僱移某程度之皤移C P信號7 2 4之锪品 。為正確再生此C P信號7 24 ,將Μ六十九喔之光拾取 器7 1 0所输出之RF信號復元為數位信猇之類比波形整、 形部7 1 2 ,漆具有以下之構成。類比波形聱肜部7 1 2 係具有:自動補正限幡回路7 3 1 ,及設於其反饋路徑( feedback pass)上之加算器 731a·,介 由此加算器73 1 a ,對其印加腦移補正«饜,而使限韫 位準 > 追隨眼孔匾樣之中心赛化,作瞬時變化。賴此動作 其具有可對應比自動補正限椹画路7 3 1内之位準限幡器 7 2 8之回答速度更快之鼷移霣壓之赛化之效果。 依此,可於再生特定顧漾之信號後,纖續再生記錄有 將眼孔_樣之中心自振幡中心偏移之信號之領域。於再生 此領域時,將再生装置之R F信铖復元成数位信號時之限 幡器728之基值¥3{^,將對懕€?信號配置資訊7 2 5或C P信號先行倌號7 26 ,預先變化饑移s 之量。因此* gp可正確地再生記錄有將眼孔圔漾之中心自 搌幡中心匾移之信號之記錄領域(第一記錄領域)。 為更安定地再生沒有餳移之领域,可在記錄偏移信號 之領域(第一記錄領域),即CP信號724之紀錄領域 中•亦記錄持定躕漾之先行信號,如此則更理想a所謅之 特定麵樣之先行信號者,涤為第t十六13之C P信號7 2 -7 0 - 本紙法尺及遇用t國a家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公着「 (請先Μ讀背*之注意事項再填寫本f ) _____f 级 ^10421 A7 B7 五、發明説明( S 争 15 4 a之記錄領域尾端附近之Μ點表示之信號7 2 6 h。其 它之CP信號724b、724c · .之g錄領域之尾 端附近,亦E錄有同樣之倌號·但在圈式中係省路之。此 先行倌號726h |相對於先行於各CP信號724 >而 預告偏移位準之變動之CP先行信铖726a、726b • •等I涂先行於接續CP信號之通常倌號,而再次預吾 匾移位準之變動(運元)者。捵葚之,此先行信號726 h ,係撂露記錄肴1: P信號之第一紀錄领域已接近终了之 «況,而督促回到原位準之準彌#。亦即,再生此先行信 號726h後,本發明之光礫再生装置·將使令RF倌號 復元為數位信號時之限糂位準·產生瞬時之大櫬變化,而 回到通常值。薙此,接績於持定讎揉信號浚,將再生眼孔 圖漾之中心位於振幡中心附近之記錄有通常紀錄之領域> 且使復元再生裝置747之R F倌號成數位信號時之基值 ,回到通常值,而可正確地實行再生。 令復原RF信號成數位信號時之基®,產生變化之持 定圖揉信號,為任意之信號皆無問踵。如第七十六画(c )所示,在持定位址An到其它特定位址An + 1之領域 中·為令哏孔鼷揉之中心位於振《之鏡片側(反射率較高 側),而將基通臑移為例如十1 ;或#,如第t十六圈( d )所示,為使眼孔麵漾之中心位於振攉之鏡片之反面測 (反射率較低側)•而將綦®之鵾移量钃移例如~ 1之情 形•皆可藉由此第七十六圓之CPII號配置賨訊7 2 6或 -7 1 - (請先閱讀背®之注意事項再填窝本頁)In the optical disc 709 of the present invention, there is an e-recording extinguishing center (the first recording field) that can record the center of the Xun Kong Art House from the center of vibration, and the offset is the most useful signal. In this light boulder 709, the record is: the center of the eye circle is located near the center of a certain Fan Zhizhen in the field of normal green, and it shows the behavior of expanding the IS position of CP No. 724 The CP signal used in the configuration table is configured with the * information 725 'or the _supplied cP signal advance signal 726. The domain where the child records the number 725 or 72 6 is called the second choice collar thief. Ran Sheng should hold the signal of the 0 factory signal Fan Zhongzhong-69- The standard method of this paper is to choose the Ming Family Sample Sheep (CNS > A4 wash grid (210x 297 public health) {please note the precautions of Mtt * (Round this page) fcm-I * n 1, HI I-香 .i. I.. * Oil is printed together 7¾ ^ 4¾ member two Xiao f xh at first pi ^ 0421 A7 B7 V. Invention description () Gong Xun 725 or When the CP leading signal 726, the light regeneration device of the present invention will determine whether it is after the holding condition, and record the shifted CP signal 7 2 4 The counterfeit goods. In order to correctly reproduce the CP signal 7 24, the RF signal output from the optical pickup 7 1 0 of the M 69 is restored to the analog waveform of the digital signal, and the shape part 7 1 2 has the following composition. The analog waveform part 7 1 2 has: an automatic correction limiter circuit 7 3 1, and an adder 731a · provided on its feedback pass, through which the adder 73 1 a adds its brain Move the correction to «reward, and make the limit level> follow the center of the eyelet plaque, and make instant changes. Relying on this action, it has the effect of being able to respond to the faster and faster competition of the level-limiting device 7 2 8 in the auto-correction limit drawing road 7 3 1. In this way, after regenerating the signal of a specific Gu Yang, the field where the signal with the center of the eyehole-like offset from the center of the vibrating stream is recorded can be regenerated continuously. When regenerating this field, the base value of the limiter 728 when regenerating the RF signal of the regenerative device into a digital signal is ¥ 3 {^, and the signal configuration information 7 2 5 or CP signal will be given first. 7 26 , Change the amount of hungry shift s in advance. Therefore, * gp can correctly reproduce the recording area (the first recording area) in which the signal that moves the center of the eye iris from the center plaque is recorded. In order to regenerate the field without sugar shift more stably, it can be recorded in the field of the offset signal (the first recording field), that is, the recording field of the CP signal 724 The advanced signal of the specific face is the CP signal of the 16th 13th 7 2 -7 0-the original paper ruler and the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public "" ( Please read the precautions on the back * before filling in this f) _____f level ^ 10421 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (S contention 15 4 a The signal indicated by the M point near the end of the record field 7 2 6 h. Other CP Signals 724b, 724c ·. Near the end of the g-recording area, the E-recording has the same number, but it is a provincial road in the circle. This first-order number 726h | Relative to the previous CP signal 724 > The CP precedence letters 726a, 726b that foretell the change of the offset level • I waited for the usual number followed by the CP signal, and again predicted the change of the plaque shift level (Yunyuan). 摵 葚 之, This advanced signal 726 h is the first record of the record 1: P signal is close to the end of the record field, and urged to return The original position of the standard Mi #. That is, after regenerating this leading signal 726h, the optical gravel regeneration device of the present invention will make the limit of when the RF signal is restored to a digital signal level · instantaneous large change, And return to the normal value. This is the result of holding the signal and the center of the regenerative eye is located near the center of the Zhenwa. There is a field of normal records > and the RF of the recovery regeneration device 747 The base value when the number becomes a digital signal returns to the normal value, and regeneration can be performed correctly. Making the restored RF signal into the base of the digital signal ® produces a change in the holding graph kneading signal, which is no problem for any signal. As shown in the seventy-sixth painting (c), in the field of holding the address An to other specific addresses An + 1, in order to make the center of the grommet be located on the side of the lens (higher reflectivity side) , And shift the base pass to, for example, ten 1; or #, as shown in the t-th sixteenth circle (d), in order to make the center of the eye surface face on the back side of the vibrating lens (lower reflectance side) • For the case where the shift amount of Qi® is shifted to, for example, ~ 1, all can be obtained from the CPII number of the 76th circle Cong set information 726 or -71-- (Read back ® Notes on refill socket page)

衣纸法尺度遘用中88家樣準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公;f ) ;έ齊毕^^柔兵 h^wrvi务 f"矣tp r1- A 7 £7___ 五、發明説明() 特定圃櫬信號加以指示。或者,預先將瀰移方向定為一方 ‘而將竭移量定為;L 、0。 以下,如上述般,詳述有醍在具有將哏孔圈漾中心自 振幡中心偏移之信號領域〈第一紀錄領域)之本發明中. 其如何防止複製之方法。在只可寫入一次之逋常之再生装^ 置|所可再生之光碟媒臞中,歆樓製(拷貝)本發明之光 碟再生情報時,係可驩由再生装置,再生本發明之光碟霣 訊,並μ復元為被ΐ信號之信號為裉本,調製篪入光嬢, 而將之寫入上述之光礮媒臁。 相對於記錄有將眼孔圈樣中心自擴幡中心臑移之信號 之紀錄領域|於再生装置中,係設有即使功率比產生變化 ,亦可自動補正限幡位準之自動補正限椹回路(AUTO LEVEL SLICER) 731。因此,因為自動 補正限幡回路7 3 1可自動變化復元為數位信號時之基(1 ,因此可將之當作正確之通常信號而加以再生。因此,玻 複製之光碟上,在記錄有將眼孔騙懞中心自振幅中心漏移 之信號之記錄領域中•亦玻寫入有眼孔_艨中心幾乎在振 幅中心上之通常信號。 再生装置747 .於再生上述之複製光碟時,若為正 規光磲•在紀錄有將锻孔醒欏中心自搌幡中心爾移之蹁移 值,例如Vs+AVs之信號之記錄領域,自動補正限幡 回路將不變化®元R F信铖為败位信號時之基®V s R, 故眼孔圖樣中心幾乎位在搌椹中心之信號因不異有臈移, -72- 本纸法·尺度連用中8國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0乂297公釐_} {請先sfl^t背*之ii.意事項耳填寫本頁)88 standard samples (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 g; f); Qi Qi ^^ 柔 兵 h ^ wrvi service f " 炣 tp r1- A 7 £ 7 ___ V. Invention description () Specific garden signals indicate. Or, predetermine the direction of the transgression as one side and the amount of exhaustion as; L, 0. In the following, as described above, the method for preventing duplication is described in detail in the present invention having a signal field (first record field) that shifts the center of the ring hole from the center of the vibration stream. In the conventional reproducing device that can be written only once | reproducible optical disc media, when creating (copying) the disc reproducing information of the present invention, it is possible to reproduce the disc of the present invention from the reproducing device Encrypted, and the complex signal of μ is converted into a signal by the signal of L, which is modulated into the optical signal, and then written into the above-mentioned optical media. Relative to the recording field where the signal that shifts the center of the eye circle-like center from the center of the eye is recorded | In the regeneration device, there is an automatic correction limit circuit that can automatically correct the limit level even if the power ratio changes (AUTO LEVEL SLICER) 731. Therefore, because the auto-correction limiter circuit 7 3 1 can automatically change the base (1) of the complex signal to a digital signal, it can be regenerated as the correct normal signal. Therefore, on the optical disc copied, there will be In the field of recording of the signal that the eye hole deceives the center from the center of the amplitude of the leakage • It also writes the normal signal with the eye hole _ the center of the signal almost at the center of the amplitude. Reproduction device 747. Formal Gyeongsang • In the record field where the forging hole awakening center is shifted from the center to the center, such as Vs + AVs signal recording area, the auto-correction limit circuit will not change. The RF signal will be lost. The base of the signal time ®V s R, so the signal with the center of the eye pattern almost at the center of the frame is shifted due to the same, -72- This paper method and scale are used in 8 national standards (CNS) A4 specifications (2丨 0 乂 297mm_} {Please sfl ^ t the back * ii. Please fill in this page)

310421 峻齊年办-¾^4.¾¾^戽 ί > 官土 PT1- A7 B7___五、發明説明() 將不會玻判斷為正規嫌片。再生装置74 7中因具有:在 記錄有將眼孔晒樣中心自振幡中心儸移之倌號之記錄領域 ,被當作正規領域之存在,而不正確再生時,即可淨止再 生之停止手段;玫可將再生或程式之動作即時淨止。如此 ,複製之光碟程式將無法再生或動作,而可防止不法再生、 光《被使用。 光碟上· ~般均記錄有自最内周向最外厕嫘旋之信號 - .'·'-*%·- 。在CD (compact disk)等上,於其最内 周係設有讚入(read— in)領域,其内記錄有光碟 之索引資訊。在本發明之允碟中,若將眼孔圖搛中心自振 幡中心偏移之CP信號之記錄領域,如t:十六驅之(a) 所示,設於相當C D之讚入領域7 3 2内之最内周部,則 於再生開始時即迅速地判定其是否為襯製光碟,玫更邡理 想。 以下*更詳细說明襆製防止程式。在由拷貝保護配置 霣訊再生程序740x、偏移信號對照程序74〇y、及 複製磲片再生/程式淳止程序74 0 z之三個程序所嫌成 之第七十t_A及第t十trllB之流程_中之步驟740 a ,CD之資訊,洌如霣騮程式將開使被再生。以下,K 霣臞程式作為C D資訊,班洌說明其被再生之情形。在步 揉 74〇b,!l 由 TOC (table of c ο n t β η t s )之摞誌(f [ag)等•確認CP信號是否與 碟片對應,若為YES ,在步驟740d ,如第t十六圃 -73- (請先聞讀背面之注意事項弄填需未趸)310421 Jun Qinian Office-¾ ^ 4.¾¾ ^ 戽 ί > Official Land PT1- A7 B7___ V. Description of invention () Will not be judged as a regular film. The reproduction device 74 7 has the following: the recording field in which the number of the eye-eye-sampling center is moved from the center of the vibration stream is recorded as the existence of a regular field, and when the reproduction is not correct, the reproduction can be eliminated. Stop means; Mei can stop the regeneration or program action in real time. In this way, the copied disc program will not be able to be reproduced or acted on, and it will prevent unlawful reproduction and use of the light. On the CD-ROM, the signals from the innermost circumference to the outermost toilet are recorded-. '·'-*% ·-. On the CD (compact disk), etc., there is a read-in field in its innermost circumference, in which the index information of the disc is recorded. In the permissible disc of the present invention, if the recording area of the CP signal shifting the center of the eye pattern from the center of the vibrating stream, as shown in t: sixteen drives (a), is set in the compliment area 7 of the CD 3 In the innermost part of the 2nd, at the beginning of the reproduction, it is quickly determined whether it is a lined disc, and Mei is more ideal. The following * describes in more detail the program for preventing seizures. In the 70th t_A and t10th trllB, the three programs configured by the copy protection configuration of the information regeneration program 740x, the offset signal collation program 74〇y, and the copy program reproduction / program erasure program 74 0 z The procedure _ in step 740 a, the CD information, the program will be opened to be reproduced. In the following, the K program is used as CD information, and Ban Xuan explains its regeneration. Rub 74〇b in step! l From the TOC (table of c ο nt β η ts) stack log (f [ag), etc. • Confirm whether the CP signal corresponds to the disc, if it is YES, in step 740d, such as the t sixteenth garden -73- ( (Please read the precautions on the back first and fill in the required ones)

L 装-- •11 本紙法尺度通用t國a家揉準(CNS ) Α4规格(210X 297公藿) A7 _._B7_ 五、發明説明() 之(a)所示,從再生信號中,可獲奴CP信號配置霣訊 7 25。在步鑼740 e ,將檢知是否有CP信號配置資 訊7 2 5 ,若檢知不到則立即停止,玟只有在具有C P信 號配置資訊725時,方進入步驟740 f = 在步隳740 f ,於鵂移CP信號724之配置領域、 中,將閬始檢査偏移CP信號7 24 ,在步驟7 40 s , 將檢査是否有CP信號7 24 ,例如《移之隈幡位_是否 存在。若在此領無有偏移之P艮福位準•則進入步驟7 40 r 。若全部之檢査寶料未终了 ,則回到步驟740 f ,若全部之檢査霣料已終了 ·-.則進入步隳7 4 0 p ·並判 定為襪製碟片。在步揉740 g若為YE S則進入步驟7 40h ,而在第六十九圈之正規碟Η對照部733中,確 認循移C Ρ倌號配置資訊7 2 5之質科,與锪理性之檢知 偏移CP信號724之振幡、周期Τ0、位址、角度位置 ,是否一致。 在步驟740 i對照,其结果若為0K則進入步驟7 4 0 j ,根據CP信號配置資訊72 5,強剌印加偏移霣 壓AVs。在步驟740k ·檢置在CP信號配置領域中 是否產生錯誤或不正確之信號•在步1874 0m ,於發生 一定以上之錯誤時,在步驟740 p即判定為樓製磲片。 在步驟740m,若不發生一定Μ上之錯誤,則進入步驟 740 η。若全部之檢査*料已告终了.在步玀740w gP令所讚出之霣臞程式作動,若未終了 ,則回到步驟7 4 本紙*尺度通用1»a國家糅舉(CNS ) A4洗格(210x 297公釐) (請先¾讀背面之注意事項弄填寫本頁) _____f 訂 一 310421 A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明()L equipment-• 11 standard paper-based standard general t country a home standard (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X 297 public potentiometer) A7 _._ B7_ V. Description of invention () (a) As shown in (a) of the reproduced signal, Slavery CP signal configuration 霣 讯 7 25. In step gong 740 e, it will detect whether there is CP signal configuration information 7 2 5. If it fails to detect it, it will stop immediately. Only when there is CP signal configuration information 725, enter step 740 f = in step 740 f In the configuration field of the shift CP signal 724, the offset CP signal 7 24 will be checked first, and in step 7 40 s, the CP signal 7 24 will be checked, for example, whether the shift bit _ is present. If there is no shifted Burgundy level here, then go to step 7 40 r. If all the inspection materials are not finished, go back to step 740 f. If all the inspection materials are finished, enter-step 7 4 0 p and judge it as a sock-made disc. At step 740 g, if it is YE S, go to step 7 40h, and in the 69th circle of the regular disc Η control section 733, confirm the quality of the cyclic transfer Ρ 倌 号 configuration information 7 2 5 To detect whether the vibration flag, period T0, address, and angular position of the offset CP signal 724 are consistent. In step 740 i, if the result is 0K, step 7 4 0 j is entered. According to the CP signal configuration information 725, the offset and pressure AVs are forcibly printed. In step 740k • Check whether an error or incorrect signal is generated in the CP signal configuration field. • In step 1874 0m, when an error of more than a certain value occurs, it is judged as a building system in step 740 p. At step 740m, if an error at a certain M does not occur, then step 740n is entered. If all the inspections are expected to be over. The action of the program that was praised in the 740w gP order of Buju is actuated. If it is not over, go back to Step 7 4 Paper * Standard General 1 »a National Achievement (CNS) A4 Wash Grid (210x 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page) _____f Order one 310421 A7 ___B7_ V. Description of invention ()

Of。 在步驟740 P若判斷為複製碟片.在步驟740d ,即將〃複製磲片”之訊患頚示於顯示部7 4 1 。其次, 在步驟740s ,排出磔片,在步琢740t ,*行程式 之動作淳止及資料之输岀淨止,在步隳740 uMff止全^ 部動作。在此,說明有闞步驟7 40 k發生饍誤之理由。 如第七十六画之(a)所示之CP信號724a 、724 b |當偏移電壓時間内大_$S變化時,自動補正限《回 路7 3 1之反嫌控剌之回答速度將不追随,因此在通黹之 回路中將發生錯誤。 > 惟,本發明之第二*施洌之壜含•《由第七十六驅之 (a)之偏移CP倌號配置資E7 2 5或CP先行信號7 26a、726b、726c. - ·,可預先知曉 CP 信 號之偏移霣壓將變化之情事。根纊此先行資訊,第六十九 之偏移量補正信號發生部7 2 9 ,將把®移補正信號△ Vs ,加算於自動補正限幡回路7 3 1之限幡位準Vs輸 出部730之反縝路徑中。因此•在CP信號7 24之開 始變化點,播由加入偏移補正信號AV s ,在加有⑽移Δ V s之®中,瞬時,限幡位準V s將產生麥化,而可無誤 並正常地再生CP信號724。在正規製缠之磔片709 上,於磲片之信號權中,僳加人有特定之功率比.例如5 0 : 50 ' 30 : 70 ' 70 ·· 3 0 之功率比,& 如第 t 十六圖之(a) ( b ) (c)所示•於再生時,隈幡«壓 -7 5 - 本纸法尺度ϋ用中aa家橾隼(cns ) a4珧格(2丨〇χ 297公釐) {請先siltt背面之注意事項异填^本f )Of. If it is determined in step 740 P that the disc is copied. In step 740d, the information about "copying the disc" is displayed on the display unit 7 4 1. Secondly, in step 740s, the disc is ejected, in step 740t, * line The action of the program is pure and the input of data is pure, and all actions are performed at step 740 uMff. Here, the reason why there is a meal error in step 7 40 k is explained. As shown in drawing 76 (a) The CP signals 724a, 724b shown | When the offset voltage time changes by a large _ $ S, the automatic correction limit "the response speed of the loop 7 3 1 anti-suspicious control will not follow, so it is in the loop of the pass. An error will occur. ≫ However, the second of the present invention * Shi Huanzhi contains • "The offset CP number from the 76th drive (a) is allocated with E7 2 5 or CP leading signal 7 26a, 726b , 726c.-·, It can be known in advance that the deviation of the CP signal will change in advance. Based on this advance information, the offset correction signal generation part 69 of the 69th, will shift ® to correct the signal △ Vs is added to the reverse path of the Vs output section 730 of the limit level of the auto-correction limit stream circuit 7 3 1. Therefore, at the beginning of the CP signal 7 24 changes Point, broadcast by adding the offset correction signal AV s, in the ⑽ added with ⑽ shift Δ V s, instantaneous, limit stream level V s will produce wheat, and the CP signal 724 can be reproduced without error and normally. In the regular On the entangled slab piece 709, among the signal rights of the slab piece, the succulent has a specific power ratio. For example, a power ratio of 5 0: 50 '30: 70' 70 ·· 3 0, & as t th (A) (b) (c) of the six pictures • At the time of regeneration, the Kuma streamer «压 -7 5-the standard of the paper method ϋ used in the aa family falcon (cns) a4 揧 grid (2 丨 〇χ 297 Mm) {please fill in the notes on the back of siltt ^ this f)

310421 ^齊部办-矢条^為員^肖费^乍士·0-©^ A 7 B?五、發明説明() 中將加入漏移霣颳,而發生正常之V s 、V s+AV s 、 Vs — AVs之三涵限幡霣壓。 因此,在第六十九讕之第二實腌例,根據儷移C P信 號配置資訊7 2 5或CP先行信號7 2 6 ,對II楢霉歷添 加正規之漏移信號,g卩可不發生鐙誤而再生之。第六十九 _中,方塊725 、734 、736麗只示礙信號或資料 之種類|而非回路等。在正規碟片對照部7 33 ,於CP 信號配置資訊7 2^5之既定位址7 3 6之位置上,將藉由 偏移董補正信號發生部7 2 9 ,對照在被加人旣定之漏移 霣壓厶7 s之信號之位置上X是否有產生來自錯誤信號檢 知部738之錯誤信號。又•在正規碟片對睽部7 3 3 , 將確認正常信號確,是否被從數位復元部7 1 9中再生。 若為正規磲片|其對照结果正確.故通續再生。若是對照 结果不正確時,則從再生/程式淨止部7 3 9送出阵止信 號,而停止再生信號之_出|或停止程式之動作。不法複 製之碟片,因無法從正規碟片7 0 9之再生賈料中複製偏 移霣壓(無法正確拷貝),於記錄於C P信號配置賁訊7 2 5中之既定位址位置中,並無有既定霜懕之存在。 因此,於第六十九跚之正規碟片對照部7 3 3中,藉 由對照所測得之《移霣® (物裡值),和CP配置賣 2 5所示現之循移罨壓(钃蟠值),即可識別不法碟片。 又| Μ六十九_之自動補正限幡回路73 1 ,茌通常源移 霣懕較大時•其可追蹤之動作頻率,將降低至_移補正控 -7 6 - (請先閱讀背面之.·.*」意事項再填寫本f ) 裝 ___丁 • -. n Ί310421 ^ Qi Department Office-Yatiao ^ for the staff ^ Xiao Fei ^ Zashi · 0- © ^ A 7 B? V. Invention description () will add the missing shifting scrape, and the normal V s, V s + occurs AV s, Vs — The three culverts of AVs limit the pressure. Therefore, in the second example of the sixty-ninth example, according to the configuration information of the shift CP signal 7 2 5 or the CP advance signal 7 2 6, a regular leak shift signal is added to the II mold history, and no stirrup occurs. Regenerate it by mistake. In 69th_, the blocks 725, 734, and 736 only show the type of signal or data | not the loop, etc. In the regular disc control section 7 33, at the position of the current positioning address 7 3 6 of the CP signal configuration information 7 2 ^ 5, the offset correction signal generating section 7 2 9 will be corrected by the offset. Is there an error signal from the error signal detection unit 738 at the position X of the signal of the leak shift pressure 7 s? Also, in the normal disc pairing section 7 3 3, it will be confirmed whether the normal signal is correct or not, and whether it is reproduced from the digital recovery section 7 19. If it is a regular tablet | the comparison result is correct. Therefore, continuous regeneration. If the comparison result is not correct, a stop signal is sent from the regeneration / program netting unit 7 3 9 to stop the regeneration signal _out | or stop the program operation. Discs that have been copied illegally cannot be copied from the regenerated material of the regular disc 7 0 9 (cannot be copied correctly), and are recorded in the existing location in the CP signal configuration information 2 2 5 There is no established frost. Therefore, in the regular disc control section 7 3 3 of the sixty-ninth step, by comparing the measured "Transfer® (Material Value), with the CP configuration, the current circulation pressure shown in Figure 2 5 is shown. (Pang value), you can identify illegal discs. And | M 六九 _'s automatic correction limit stream circuit 73 1, when the source is usually shifted to a large amount • its traceable operating frequency will be reduced to _shift compensation control -7 6-(please read the back . ·. * "And fill in this matter f)) ___ 丁 •-. N Ί

____K 级--- 本纸法尺度通用國家搮準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) A? ___ B7 五、發明説明() 剌之回答頻錄f〇程度。如第七十六醒(a)所示,於再 生脯移電懕較高部份和通常之領域時*薙由設定成在f 0 Μ上之頻率·循移霄壓即發生變化.可將自動補£之限?g 位準固定在偏移霣歷較高之方向, 因此,通常餳移值之領域,將Μ比通常為高之限椹位、 準,而被限楢。若為正規碟片,在ft較高鶊移電臛下發生 限蝠之情形時,因係記錄成可再生正規信號#,玟不發生 錯誤。 .〜 惟,在只取出正规碟片之貢料信號之不法瘦製之碟片 上•因無法複製腺移«壓從C P信號领域中•將不發生 f馬移霣壓,而以通常之限蝠位準加Μ限幡。因此,正規信 號將不披再生而發生錯誤,在第六十九圖之£規碟片對照 部733將判定其為不法複製磲片•而停止動作。又,如 第t十六鼴(a)所示,艤由設置+、0 、一之三種先行 信號 727a' 726h、726b (先行信號 26a' 26b及26h),則可預知下一纖架同步信號之實料之 限幅位準,碭由將此漏移«壓Δ V s ,介Μ第六十九画之 反饋路徑上所設之加算器73 1 a ,將之加算於自動補正 限幡回路7 3 1之反讀信號上,則可在瞬間將之設定變更 為正確之限幅位準。 因此|即使正規碟片之限幡位準| Μ較自動補正限幡 回路73 1之追蹤頻率更高之頻率,而變動時,因其缕常 為規定於正規碟片中之+、0、一之限傾為準所限幅,S夂 -77* (請先聞讀背*之注意事項戽填窝本頁)____ K --- This paper is based on the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) A? ___ B7 5. Description of the invention () The frequency of the answer is f〇. As shown in the seventy-sixth wake (a), when regenerating the upper part of the battery and the normal field, the frequency is set at f 0 Μ. The cyclic shift pressure changes. What is the limit of £? The g level is fixed in the direction where the offset is higher. Therefore, in the field of the sugar shift value, the M is usually higher than the limit, and the level is limited. If it is a regular disc, in the case of a limited bat with a high ft and high power transfer, it is recorded as a reproducible regular signal #, so no error occurs. . ~ However, on the discs that are not thin enough to take out only the tributary signal of the regular discs • Because the gland shift cannot be replicated «Pressure from the CP signal field> There will be no f horse shifting pressure and the usual limit The bat level plus M limit streamer. Therefore, the regular signal will not be reproduced and an error will occur. In the sixty-ninth figure, the standard disc comparison section 733 will determine that it is an illegal copy of the disc and stop the operation. In addition, as shown in the t-th sixteenth mole (a), the forward signals 727a '726h and 726b (lead signals 26a' 26b and 26h) can be predicted by setting three forward signals of +, 0 and 1. The actual amplitude limit level is determined by shifting the leakage «pressure Δ V s to the adder 73 1 a provided on the feedback path of the 69th drawing, and adding it to the automatic correction limiter circuit 7 3 1 on the reverse reading signal, you can instantly change the setting to the correct limit level. Therefore, even if the limit level of the regular disc | MU is higher than the tracking frequency of the auto-correction limit stream loop 73 1, when it changes, it is often specified as +, 0, 1 in the regular disc. The inclination is subject to the limit, S 夂 -77 * (please read the precautions on the back * and fill this page)

U --- 訂 Κ 木呔法尺度遑用1»國國冢糅準(CNS ) Α4说格(210X297公麖) S10421 A7 _B7五、發明説明() 可無誤地再生正皤之信號。 通常*後製業者係辞由取出CD — RO Μ之&quot;101 ”等之埋輯信號|並將該邏輯信號紀錄於原盤•而製作出 原盤•並大纛製埴祺製磲片。Μ此邏轘信號位準製作複製 碟片時•搌移電®將不被拷貝。因此,在各儷偏移CP信、 號之記錄領域中,在《移電歷不5化之情形下,碟片原盤 玻複製。一方面| CP先行信猇726之資料|將蝥偭被 拷貝到不法禊製之~原盤中。將複製原螌装填於再生装置| 而如第七十六圃(a)所示•再生+之CP先行信號72 6 a時 &gt; 如第t十六钃(c卜所示》限幡器7 2 8之限糂 位準將上昇至+方向。禊製碟片中因未記錄鵾移霣腯,如 第t十六圈(b)所示,將變成無儺移之眼孔圈樣,而限 幡器7 2 8之限幡位準不在中心上故,正常之信號將不被 撕出。 惟1本發明之第二實施例,儀根據C P信虢配置竄訊 725或CP先行信虢726 ,將限幡位準強_地設定於 +方向。因此,錯誤之數位信號自第六十九_之@動補正 限幡回路73 1被鑰出,在正規磔片對照部733即判定 其為複製之碟片。記錄有將眼孔_揉中心自振權中心擴移 之信號之f馬移C P信號記錄領碑,繭由使記錄等化最變化 ,因將先變化脈衝幡度•即功率比,故可簡m地製作3 如第ir十一丽之波形(1)所示,以周期ΤΟ ί吏功率 比倥制信號變化時,若為負位準,如第t十二画所示,紀 -7 8 - (請先閱讀背面之注意審.項再填寫本f) -裝--- 訂U --- Set Κ 木 呔 法 渑 用 1 »國 国 塚 糅 准 (CNS) Α4 said grid (210X297 male) S10421 A7 _B7 V. Description of invention () It is possible to reproduce the signal of Zhengzu without error. Normally, the post-producer ’s rhetoric consists of taking out the CD-ROM ’s“ 101 ”and other buried signals | recording | recording the logic signal on the original disc, and making the original disc. When making a copy disc with the logic signal level, the Dynamo® will not be copied. Therefore, in the field of recording of each offset CP signal and signal, in the case of "the transfer history is not 5 times, the disc Reproduction of the original glass. On the one hand | Information of the CP Advance 猇 726 | Copy the toad into the unauthorized ~ original disk. Load the original reproduction in the regeneration device | As shown in the seventy-sixth garden (a) • When regenerating + the CP leading signal of 72 6 a> As shown in the t-th sixteenth (shown in c) << Limiting device 7 2 8 limit level will rise to the + direction. The disc is not recorded because of no record As shown in the t sixteenth circle (b), the shifted eye will turn into an eye circle without Nuo shift, and the limit level of the limiter 7 2 8 is not on the center. Therefore, the normal signal will not be affected. According to the second embodiment of the present invention, the instrument configures the channel 725 or the CP advanced signal 726 according to the CP signal, and sets the limit level to the + direction. Therefore, the error The digital signal is keyed out from the 69th _ @ 动 改正 限 幡 Circuit 731, and it is determined to be a duplicate disc in the regular slice control section 733. It is recorded that the eye hole The f signal of the shifted signal shifts the CP signal to record the leader. The cocoon changes the recording equalization the most. Since the pulse ratio and the power ratio will be changed first, it is possible to make a waveform like the 11th eleventh wave simply ( 1) As shown in the figure below, when the signal is changed according to the period ΤΟ ί power ratio, if it is negative, as shown in the t twelfth picture, Ji-7 8-(please read the attention review on the back first and then fill in Ben f)-Installed --- Order

K 線 束紙法尺度逋用争國8冢榡準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0 X 29Τ公釐) 310421 A7 B7_ 五、發明説明() 錄等化量將增大。之後,則變成第t十一圖(2)之記錄 波形般之功率比,如第t十一圖(3)之g錄波形所示, 照射於玻逋板上之光致抗胜劑上之雷射光之照射時間將縮 短,如第t十一圖之形狀画(4) (5)所示,將形成功 率比較小,亦即軌跡方向之深度為較短之λ/4之信號禧^ 。如第ΐ:十一曬(5)所示,再生淺信號情時,反射光量 之滅低情形變少,故可得到第七十一画之波形(6 )般之 反射光量之中心-~換到向正方向上之信號,如第t十一圔 之波形(9)所示,可獾得眼孔_饑中心•向襯幡之鏑面 側,即反射率較高側·偏移偏移電壓AV s程度之倌號。 此時|第六十九麵之公知之自動補正限幡画路7 3 1 將作動,將限幡位準自動補正為聆隈幡位準V s中加入偏 移Δν s之V S + AV S 。此狀慇像揭示於第t十一鼷之 波形(7)。若將綢製信號之再生同步信號之周期視為T •如第t十一圖之波形(9)所示,其將Μ 3T之信號位 準加以限幅,玫可獾得第t十一顧(8)般之3 T之正確 脈衝幅度之数位信號输出。如此,+ AV s之鱅移電饜將 發生於限®器7 2 8上。相反地,若將記錄等化ffi,gP ” 1 0 0 1 ”量變小,如第t十二跚所示,功率比將變大, 雪射光之照射時間亦將變摄,而於軌跡方向上將形成較畏 之信號《。於再生功率比較大之信號權時,將可獾得如第 t十六圖(d)所示之眼孔圃镞中心之皤移«懕,向負方 向’即振幅鏞面之相反側.亦即功率較低髑*僑移鵾移霣 -7 9 - 束械·法尺度逍用中1團家橾率(CNS ) Α&lt;»規格(210X 297公麈} {請先«!讀背面之注意.事項再填寫本f)The K-line beam paper method uses the Zengguo 8 Tsukasa Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 X 29T mm) 310421 A7 B7_ V. Description of invention () The amount of recording equalization will increase. After that, it becomes the power ratio like the recording waveform of the t-th eleventh graph (2), as shown in the g-recording waveform of the t-th eleventh graph (3), irradiated on the photoresistant on the glass panel The irradiation time of the laser light will be shortened. As shown in the shape drawing (4) (5) of the t-th eleventh figure, a signal power with a relatively small power, that is, a depth of λ / 4 in the track direction is shorter ^. As shown in Item 1: Eleven (5), when the shallow signal is reproduced, the amount of reflected light extinction becomes less, so the center of the reflected light amount like the waveform (6) of the 71st drawing can be obtained-~ change To the signal in the positive direction, as shown in the t-th eleventh waveform (9), the badger can get the eye hole_Hungry center • To the side of the dysprosium surface of the streamer, that is, the side with higher reflectance • Offset offset voltage The number of AV s degree. At this time, the well-known auto-correction limit streamer road on the 69th face 7 3 1 will be activated, and the limit stream level will be automatically corrected to Vs + AV S with the offset Δν s added to the listening corner level V s. This image of Yin was revealed in the t-th eleventh wave (7). If the period of the regenerated synchronization signal of the silk signal is regarded as T • As shown in the waveform (9) of the t-th eleventh figure, it limits the signal level of the Μ 3T, and the M badger gets the t-th eleventh (8) The digital signal of the correct pulse amplitude of 3 T is output. In this way, the power transfer of + AV s will occur on the limiter 7 2 8. Conversely, if the recording equals ffi, gP ”1 0 0 1” becomes smaller, as shown in the twelfth step, the power ratio will become larger, and the exposure time of the snow beam will also change, and in the direction of the track Will form a more fearful signal ". When the signal power of the regenerative power is relatively large, the badger can be moved as shown in the t sixteenth figure (d) to the center of the eye hole nursery center «懕, to the negative direction ', that is, the opposite side of the amplitude yin face. That is, the power is lower 髑 * Overseas Chinese Shifting 难 移 霣 -7 9-Bundles · French Standards Use in the 1st Regiment Rate (CNS) Α &lt; »Specifications (210X 297 餈) {Please«! Read the notes on the back .Fill in this matter f)

310421 A7 _ B7五、發明説明() ®-Δν s之信號如此,記錄有將睡孔圃_中心自搌韫 中心偏移約僱移«壓Δν s之蹁移C Ρ信號7 24之C Ρ 信號記錄領域| g卩使將記錄用S射光之動力作既定漾態之 變化,亦可藺覃地製作。 如第七十二画所示,若記錄s射光之動力較小· g卩使、 使用通常之記錄動力所使用之適嘗紀錄等化量,信號樓亦 變小。若再生該較小信號榷,全餹之光反射量將增大,而 可獲得如第t:十一^ (6) (9)般之银孔疆揉中心鶊移 向振幅之鏡面側,gp反射率較高鉋之信號。反之,若記錄 動力較大,如第t十二圔所示,8卩使使用通黹之記錄動力 所使用之遛當記錄等化量,信號補亦麥大。而再生較大信 號播時,反射光量將麥小,而可獾得第t十六钃(d)般 之眼孔圔樣中心向振幡之鏡面側之栩反脚(反射寒較低簡 )偏移餳移«歷一厶Vs之信號。紀錄動力和記錄等化悬 所影響之眼孔_揉中心和振幡中心之關係之變化之樓式. 係如第t十二所示。其横軸為記錄等化量,其量越大則 記錄脈衝幅度越短,亦即功率比越小。縱軸為哏孔画漾中 心至振幅中心偏移之偏移最•亦即將偏移量Δ V s Μ振幡 正規化並以百分革表示者。若使功率比倥_信號變小,刖 眼孔圔樣之中心將向高反射率側偏移,故偏移電壓Δν s 在正方向上麥大。記錄動力係依(a) ( b ) (c)之順 序嫛大。若將(a )之記鏵動力視為1 · Ο ,則(b )為 1 · 1 ,而(c )為1 . 2。令紀錄動力及功革比燙(b之 -8 0 - (請先35讀背面之注意事項耳填窝太f ) .I I · - - 1 - - ...... ..... .... · U- 裝 ,ιτ 永纸法尺度適用中困國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ^10421 A7 B.7五、發明説明() 情況下之波肜,係如第八十匯之波形1〜7所示。如此, 若令雷射光動力變化,則須要脈衝幡度之補正,其相同性 雯劣。若纆由巧妙之製埴,如波形5所示,限幅位m將被 補正®移量之程度,而鎗出波形6般之數為信號。此場合 ,因相同率變劣,故複製S困難。 第t十三圖所示者為可在記錄途中赛化等化量或記绿 動力之原盤記錄裝置之一洌。第t十三蹰中,原盤記錄装 置之全體係Μ 7 衾示,70 i為記錄用S射,702 為光調製器&gt; 703為鏡面,704為鏡頭驅動器.70 5為塗布有光致抗蝕粼705a之玻瑰板,706為主軸 馬達,707為信號源.72 1為紀錄等化器· 722為 控制部。至於焦點控制用之S射光束光學尧或記錄用雷射 光束光學系之光柬擴大器等在圖中儀予以省路。 以下·使用第t十三画之方塊匾、和第八十t画A、 第八十t_B之流程_,說明關於原螌之製作方法。在步 鞣750a ,通常會输人電腦欽糴專之預先套設有防止拷 貝用程式之程式輸入質料,此外 &gt; 在步驟705b ,CP 信號配置資訊725被鍮入•在C P信號配置賞訊處理部 7 9 0 ,將分割成控剌信號及資料 '此資料在混合部7 9 0 a中,將被與輪入資料相對照。一方面,控剌信號被送 至控制部7 2 2 .,而在既定位置,產生功率比控制倌號。 原盤製作装置之操作者將Μ先決定出是否將C P倌號配置 資料7 2 5記錄於碟片之内周部(謓入區域),而以鍵盤 -81™ (請先閱讀背vm之注意事項再填艿本頁) —II 1 - 1----.: ____f 裝丨310421 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention () ® -Δν s signal is like this, there is recorded the shift of the sleep hole garden _ center from the center of the apex about the employment shift «pressure Δν s shift C Ρ signal 7 24 C Ρ Signal Recording Field | It is possible to make the recording power of the recording S to change the state of the predetermined wave state, and it can also be produced arbitrarily. As shown in the 72nd picture, if the power to record the s light is small, the signal floor will also become smaller if the appropriate recording equalization amount used by the normal recording power is used. If the smaller signal is reproduced, the total light reflection will increase, and a silver hole like the t: eleven ^ (6) (9) can be obtained, and the center of the rubbing can be shifted to the mirror side of the amplitude, gp Signal with higher reflectivity. Conversely, if the recording power is large, as shown in the twelfth 圔, the recording equalization amount used by the recording power using the thunderbolt, the signal complement is also large. When regenerating a larger signal, the amount of reflected light will be smaller, and the badger can get the twelfth thirteenth (d) eye-eye-like center to the mirror side of the vibrating streamer (reflection cold is simpler) Offset sugar shift «Is a signal Vs. Recording dynamics and the effect of record equalization suspension on the eye_kneading center and the center of the change of the relationship between the floor style. It is shown in the t twelfth. The horizontal axis is the recording equalization amount. The larger the amount, the shorter the recording pulse amplitude, that is, the smaller the power ratio. The vertical axis is the maximum deviation from the center of the gull hole to the center of the amplitude. That is, the deviation Δ V s Μ 振 尡 is normalized and expressed as a percentage. If the power is made smaller than the signal, the center of the eyelet will shift toward the high reflectivity side, so the offset voltage Δν s is larger in the positive direction. Record the power system in the order of (a) (b) (c). If we regard the power of (a) as 1 · Ο, then (b) is 1 · 1, and (c) is 1.2. Make the record power and work leather hot (b of -8 0-(please read the precautions on the back of the 35 first, the ear cavity is too f)) .II ·--1--.................. ... · U-suit, ιτ permanent paper method scale is suitable for the troubled countries (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) ^ 10421 A7 B.7 V. Description of invention () In the case of the wave, it is as the first Waveforms 1 to 7 of the eighty sinks are shown. Thus, if the laser photodynamics are changed, the pulse wave power correction is required, and their homogeneity is inferior. If it is made by a clever method, as shown in waveform 5, the amplitude is limited The bit m will be corrected to the extent of the ® shift amount, and the number of the waveforms output by the gun is a signal. In this case, the same rate becomes worse, so it is difficult to copy S. The t thirteenth figure shows that it is possible to play on the way to recording One of the original disk recording devices for equalizing the amount or recording the green power. In the t th thirteenth, the entire system of the original disk recording device M 7 is shown, 70 i is the recording S-shot, 702 is the optical modulator &gt; 703 It is a mirror surface, 704 is a lens driver. 70 5 is a glass plate coated with photoresist 705a, 706 is a spindle motor, 707 is a signal source. 72 1 is a recording equalizer. 722 is a control part. As for the focus The S-beam optical system used for manufacturing or the laser beam expander for laser beam optical system used for recording is saved in the picture. The following uses the square plaque of the tth thirteenth painting and the eightyth t painting A, The 80th t_B process_, which explains the method of making the original cricket. In the step tanning 750a, it is usually input into a computer program that is pre-programmed with a program to prevent copying. In addition, in step 705b, The CP signal configuration information 725 is entered. In the CP signal configuration reward processing unit 7 9 0, it will be divided into control signals and data. This data will be compared with the round-robin data in the mixing unit 7 9 0 a. On the one hand, the control signal is sent to the control unit 7 2 2. At a predetermined position, the power ratio control number is generated. The operator of the original disc production device will first determine whether to record the CP number configuration data 7 2 5 At the inner periphery of the disc (into the area), use the keyboard-81 ™ (please read the notes on the back of the vm before filling in this page) —II 1-1 ---- .: ____f 装 丨

.IT u 本纸法尺度通用中國國家揉孳(CNS ) A4洗格(210X 297公釐) sl〇42i r a7 B7 五、發明説明() 镟人者。在步鞣705c ,親看此輪入資訊•檢置是否應 記錄於内周部,茬為YES &lt;則在步爨750d將儸移C P信號配置賞訊725和紀錄資料.溫合記錄於讚人部( r e a d - i n area) 0 其次’在步班750e開始記錄實料。在步驟750 、 f ’從偏移CP信號配置貢訊725中,確認孀移信號£ 錄領域,在步驟750s若為NO ,則在步驟750丨以 通常之功率比加议1錄。若為YE S則在步驟7 50 h裉 據偏移CP信號配置資訊725 ,CP信號發生部722 a將使送向記錄雷射之信號之功率比麥化3如此,即可倥 制雷射光之功率比及_出,使餾移電歷變化成既定波形。 在步班750j ,全部實料未结柬畤,則回到步驟750 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項鼻填珲本頁) —c 裝丨 丁 、-β 唑齊部中^^4¾員二肖f&quot;&quot;i ,f丈 信驟頊搬差之置 7_部部號 Ρ 步較錄钃示配置全周信 C 在比記置所猇装錄外 Ρ 移钊,盤配圓倌覼記於 C 蹁0m主、三 P 錄 於錄移 述 No 上期十 CE E « 上為 5 燦爾 t 移螌刻在之 資若 7 實、第臛 主蝕。正 檢,爨和量於置在行枓修 - 部步-之-設 C 實貢行 k 屬在紙號 η , 料部成實 ο 外 則實信 ο 中貢颺做料 , 5 於 -Xp5b 正外被資82 7 錄 siec75 修向果 逑 . 驟seE 號移驟 0此部结前 步否 Yfffi 步 7 錄 周成以 在是為 P 之在部紀内作錄 則 5 若 C 錄。周而從之紀 ,2。 移記正外,破 移由 東 7 了偏所修之 域係偏 « 结訊終 之 1 以 5 領因- -已賁 P 化 6 加 ο 錄,後中 若置 ο 式 7 並 7 記上料式 , 配 5 程置-盤訊 1 資方 fls7 先装等原M6 之之 Λ 本紙涞尺度逷闲中圃a冢梂準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公藿) 濟 部 f X λ: &gt; f S* 31C421 , A? ___ B?五、發明説明() 配置貢訊7 2 5 ,可具宵大權提高原盤製作相圃性之效果 從信虢發生部7 0 7中,產生捋定麵纖之僱移CP信 號配置信號後,復使其紀錄等化1變g時,控制部722 將指示記錄等化器72 1之搌糲幡度控剌部72 1 a *令 其菱化記錄等化量,亦g卩功率比。欲變化記錄動力以變化 功率比時,控剌部722將指示記錄用霤射70 1 ,令其 .八· 變化記錄動力。記錄用鼋射7 01 ,像包含有S射元件和 動力調整元件,例如干1器和A 0調製器等,使記錄用S 射70 1本身之動力赛化,或以動力調整用元f牛雯化其動 力。記錄等化器7 2 1係為可_由外部指令切換等化量之 構成。 Μ上述之方法*記錄有將眼孔_織中心自振蝠中心漏 移之信號之記錄領域,可在不須對習知之原魃記錄装置腌 Κ大量改造之淸形下•容易地形成。本發明之光礫除原盤 之記錄外|乃可籍由與習知之光蹀完全相同之製造工程加 以製造,故可大量且廉«地生產製造。 本發明之設有防止拷貝程式之钦髏,與設有防止拷貝 信號之光碟,和附有防止拷貝櫬gg之光磲再生装置,因可 停止樓製光碟之再生或钦蠼之動作,故在竇霄上其確可防 止拷貝。此於光ROM领域中記錄有上述漏移C P倌號配 置資訊725之洌,雖如蕙七十六顯所示,但如第七十八 _所示•將此資訊Μ第t十九麵所示之R SA函數 '成簡 -83 - (請先Μ讀背*之注意事項再填¾本f ) - - - -ΪΙ1Ι - _ IK i ..IT u The standard of this paper method is universal Chinese national kneading (CNS) A4 washing grid (210X 297mm) sl〇42i r a7 B7 5. Description of invention () Those who are in charge. In step tanning 705c, see this round-by information for yourself. • Check whether it should be recorded on the inner periphery. If the stubble is YES &lt; then at step 750d, move the CP signal to configure 725 and record data. Ministry of Personnel (read-in area) 0 Secondly, start recording the material at step 750e. In step 750, f 'configures Gongxun 725 from the offset CP signal, and confirms the spurious signal recording area. If NO in step 750s, then in step 750, a record is added at the normal power ratio. If it is YE S, at step 7 50 h, according to the offset CP signal configuration information 725, the CP signal generating part 722 a will make the power of the signal sent to the recording laser be higher than that of Maimei 3, and the laser light can be controlled. The power ratio and _out change the distilling shift calendar to a predetermined waveform. In step 750j, if all the materials are not open, then go back to step 750 (please read the notes on the back and fill in this page first) —c Install 丨 D, -β Azol Division ^^ 4¾ Member Two Xiao f &quot; &quot; i, f, the letter of the letter, the difference between the 7_part number, the step number, the configuration, the whole week letter, C, and the outside of the record, P, Zhao, Zhao, and the disc with the round 覌 覼 記0m main C, 3P recorded in the record. No. 10 CE E «on the 5th of the previous period. 5 張 尔 t 莌 貌 The capital engraved on the 7th, the main eclipse. For the positive inspection, the custody and quantity should be placed in Xingxiu-bubu-zhi-set C. Shigong line k belongs to the paper number η, the material will be real, and the outside will be true. Zhonggongyang will make materials, 5 to -Xp5b Zhengwai was funded 82 7 records siec75 Xiu Xiangguo. Step seE number moved step 0 before the end of the department No Yfffi step 7 record Zhou Cheng to record for the P within the department, then 5 if C record. Follow the rules, 2. Moved to the right, and moved from the east to the 7th. The domain that was repaired is partial. «The final conclusion of the 1 to 5 lead--has been P 6 and added 6 records, if the middle is set, type 7 and 7 are recorded. Type, equipped with 5 processes-disk information 1 The owner fls7 pre-installed etc. of the original M6 of the original paper Lai standard 曷 中 堷 a 岷 梂 准 (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X 297 Gonghuo) Economic Department f X λ: &gt; f S * 31C421, A? ___ B? Fifth, the description of the invention () Configure Gong Xun 7 2 5, can have the power to improve the performance of the original production of the original garden from the Xinhao generating part 7 0 7 to produce a fixed face fiber After shifting the CP signal configuration signal, when the record equalization 1 is changed to g, the control unit 722 instructs the recording control unit 72 1 a of the record equalizer 72 1 * to equalize the diamond record The amount, also g power ratio. If you want to change the recording power to change the power ratio, the control unit 722 will instruct the recorder to shoot 70 1 to make it change the recording power. Recording shots 7 01, like S-shot elements and power adjustment elements, such as stem 1 and A 0 modulator, etc., to make the recording S shot 70 1 itself power competition, or use the power adjustment element f cattle Wenhua its motivation. The record equalizer 7 2 1 is configured to switch the equalization amount by an external command. ΜThe above method * records the field that records the signal that leaks the eye_weaving center from the center of the vibrating bat, and it can be easily formed without the need to heavily modify the conventional original recording device. The light gravel of the present invention, except for the record of the original disk, can be manufactured by exactly the same manufacturing process as the conventional light rubbing, so it can be produced in large quantities and inexpensively. The present invention is provided with a copy prevention program, a CD with a copy prevention signal, and a CD regeneration device with a copy prevention gg, because it can stop the regeneration of the building-made CD or the action of the arrogance. Dou Xiaoshang does prevent copying. This information is recorded in the optical ROM field with the above-mentioned leaked CP number configuration information 725. Although it is shown in the seventy-six display, it is shown in the seventy-eighth. The shown R SA function 'is Jane-83-(please read the notes on the back * and then fill in this f)----ΪΙ1Ι-_ IK i.

U 裝-- 訂U pack-order

____K 線 本紙•沐尺度適用中國國冢揉準(CNS ) A4現格(2丨OX 297公釐) A7 3l〇42l _ _B7 五、發明説明() 圓涵數(elliptic curve functi on)等之公闢鏈方式之凾數,作為班方向函數竑加以暗 號化,並記錄於光ROM部或光碟表面或裡面之磁性記錄 部中亦可。 第t十八画所示者為測量光碟中之如第七十六矚(a 、 )所示之僱移信號方式之CP倌號,或第八十四画i. a) (b)及第八十五圖中所說明之位址一角度g置資訊之方 式之CP信號,而作成CP信號配置貢訊725之情形之 镆式示意。第t十八麵左側所示之光碟7 0 9中,涤遢 示有呈圓形或多角形之C P信號被配列於各軌跡上之洌。 在磲片7 0 9中,亦記錄有_未示之C P信號配置《訊7 25 ,被讚出之CP信號配置貢訊725 .像被Mir十九 圖之步發[7 6 0 b所示之m方向函黻之晻號繡碼器74 2 所暗號化|並以紀錄回路744,將之記錄於光碟之磁性 紀錄部746或原盤705之外周部705d上。又,亦 可將之記錄於第八十二圃所說明之原盤7 0 5之第二_光 部7 5 3 ,亦可於光磲9之内蹰部設置印刷有條形碼之部 份799 ,而記錄於其中。 如上逑,記錄於光ROM部或磁性記錄部等之C P信 號配置責訊725 ,只要餹號鼸不被知悉,SP不會被篡改 。此像因Μ單方向函敝將之暗號化,玟無法從晻號解_器 之函数中,解讚出暗號钃竭器之函數之故。若為洌如第t 十九圈之用法,因《製業#只了解晻號解蹒器 &gt; 故必須霣 -8 4 ~ 衣纸涑疋度逋用肀國a家揉準(C»s ) A4規格U10X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背*之注意事項鼻填寫本I) L.. -裝— 3ί〇42ΐ Α7 Β7五、發明说明() 行2之5 1 2次方®之濟算,而此濟算須要數百年之睥閭 0 闞於此黏,Μ下®用第t:十九疆之流程跚作更詳綑之 說明。第七十九圃所示者為》由對照使用翬方向函數之晻 號’蠼製磲片之動作程式B。在步驟7 60 j作成CP信-號配置資訊725 ,在步驟7S0b ,使用5 12b i t 之密秘踺,並MRSA函數晻號化,在步驟7 60c ,將 *&gt;v - 此暗號記錄於光磔上。在步驟7 6 0 d .再生此光礫之賁 訊|接蕃在步隳760 e將暗號化為普通字。播製樂者雖 可知埴步隳7 6 0 d之_號寶料之函數,但如步驟7 6 0 b和步琢760d所示,使用RSA函數般之公關鍵通信 方式之函數,係將纗碼器和解碼器倒過來使用,玫欲解讓 编磚器之函數,須要上述之2之5 1 2次方画之漢算之/ 畏時間,故在*質上,其確可防SC P信號配置貢訊7 2 5被篡改。在步驟760 f ,播由對照於步驟76 Ok所 測得之光磲C P信號7 24 .與蕾通文宇化之C P信號配 置資訊725,若其對照链果不一致.(在步驟760s 為NO時),則在步驟760h停止程式之動作。而對照 结果若為一致(在步驟760 s為YES時)則在步驟7 60 i*行程式之動作。又_在薷七十九鼸之例中,CP 倌號7 24亦可為如前述.非為偏移信號者。因此,在琨 簧上· CP信號配置資訊725像為不可篡改者。 又,在第七十九_所示之例中&lt; CP信獷7 24¾如 _ 8 5 - —I n ft-·- — I— · (請先«!讀背面之注意事項再填寫太1) ' mu I- - -- - -- -- 1 m k 裝 訂 —κ 本械•ifcXJtA用中®菌家樣皋(CNS ) A4洗格(210X297公* ) A 7 _B7 五、發明説明() 前述,可非為漘移信號。一方面,前述之a移cp信號, ϋ由改變記錄等化器之脈衝椹度之功率比,或改麥霤射光 動力,可為第八十圈所示被實現,但雪射輸出和信號榷之 大小間之μ偽,儀具有非嬢形性。因此,於製作如程式所 示之配置有偏移霣壓之原盤時,其相同性降麥劣之情事偽 為可預見者。惟,在第t十九匾所示之洌中,從第八十一 圃Α和第八十一圈Β所示之原盤製作装置(主盤記錄_装 置)7 6 1之構成&gt; 卽可了解,其缲鑷由绲合器混合c P 信號配置責訊725和邐轘ID發生键546所產生之邏 輯i D '並將之以單方向函敝睹號編碼器(晻號化器)7 42予暗號化,復以磁性記錄回路744和磁頭745將 之記錄於光碟之磁性紀錄部746 3如前逑.此C Ρ信號 配置資訊7 2 5係為不可篡改者。將此暗號實料,蹋由紀 錄再生装置747之磁頭745 a和磁性再生部748 , 加Μ再生,並Μ晻號解礴器74 3將其復元,而®元出C Ρ信號配置賨訊725。此情形,將CP信號配置資訊7 2 5記錄於光記錄部,並以光諝醱7 1 0再生時,其情肜 亦相同。之後•將自光再生部750之偏移«壓信號檢知 部752中之位址檢知部75 1 ,和礪移電壓VsO檢知 部734 ,和位址或角度資訊中,所测得之CP信號ffi置 賁訊725 ,送至正規蹀片對照部733。又,第八十~ 圖A及第八十一圈B所示之原盤製作装置(主盤記錄装置 )76 1係對應於第t十三_所示者,同瀠地•再生装置 -8 6 - 本紙法尺度通用t國困家揉舉(CNS ) 44规格(210X 297公釐) :I I - il · (請先閱讀背*之注意事項耳填寫本頁) -裝—— 訂 S 斧 K-.h:?:餮* s^〇42l A? B7 五、發明説明() (記錄再生装置)僳對應於Μ六十九蹰所示者。 在正規碟片對照部7 3 3 ,將_從第t:十ir圓Α及第 t十t圖B所說明之複II碟片動作防止程式74 9中之流 程_所示者,檢知播製磲片,並停止程式之動作或|·亭止再 生信號之输出。此壜合.如第八十三鼴所示,係於應用钦 驩程式中之起動程序770b、程式安装程序770d 、 印刷程序770 f 、嶁晻保存程序770 h中,組入碟片 檢査程式 770 6' 770e 、77〇S 、770 i 。藉 此·海盗販業者即|·吏解析砍鼸.而®躧製防止程序7 7 0 c 、770e等無效時,只要其未除去全部,洌如1 〇〇 0®程序,其即無法加Μ禊製。 在第八十一画Α及第八十一画Β之例中,偽揭示於原 盤製作後,將原盤之偏移霄懕等C P信號配置實訊7 2 5 •以簞方向函數暗號化•並記錄於設於光碟9 a上之磁性 記錄部746之方法。而此記錄方式,亦可如第八十一_ A及第八十一 BB所示之光磁9 b般,Μ原盤之第一墦光 部520記錄程式和CP信號724 ,復於外周部之原盤 第二曝光部7 5 3中記錄C Ρ信虢配置資料7 2 5者。此 方法,以第八十二 Α及爾八十二_ Β更穽畑說明。在工 程1 、工程2 ,對内周部之原盤之第一曝光部520赋與 笛射光信號,在工程3 ,Μ遮光保護膜7 54覆董原盤之 第二曝光部7 5 3 ,即外周部,並使第一慼光部7 5 5之 光致抗蛀劑暦®光。此時,在工穫4 ,播由蝕刻,形成信 *87- 本纸法;Ut遴用中8困家樣準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公* ) (請先Μ1#背*之注意事項再填寫本f ) ---------------^ ---—___ίτ ά.--- 3_21 A7 B7 :^等&quot;?先票*·*57wr V f X-f 乂K 4*L -M o. i 五'發明説明() 號播晒镰·在工程5 |澜量實際之鷂移信號,Μ獾得《移 CP信號配置資訊725 ,並將之_號化,在工程6 ,除 去第二®光部7 56之驩光》議臢7 54,將上述之暗號 信號《由第二次之S射光曙光予以記錄。’在工程7、8、 9*行«鍍*製作金屬原盤•鑷由使用此原顰成形•製作u 出蹀片碁板,並使形成反射隳,CD gP宪成。 蘋由實行第二次曙光•頭齷之第一_光鐮520將破 鼸櫬賦與偏移控制:Γ信號,並實行紀錄,將含格之臛移CP 信號之配置睹號化,並紀錄於外凋或内周之顯蘧之第二曝 光部7 5 3,故其具有不必擔心相_率•可記錄製埴相闻 率捶低之防止拷貝信號之效果。亦即,例如欲«製相間寒 為千分之一之倌號· W必須作出一千次顾繾才可鑪有一次 之相同•其襥製商乘利瀾基不苻含經濟性a 又•在m八+ —圓a及第八十一麵b中•其係《由回 轉角度檢知部758 &gt;從馬逢757*或鼸来示之FG ( 回轉感應器)之回轉臁®中|测出僱移CP倌號Z配置回 轉角·復如第八十四画所示,作成臈移C P信號配置賣訊 725a。如第八十六_之(a) ( b ) (c)所示,» 由將回轉脈衡作時間分割,即可更正確地檐卸其角度位置 。如第八十六 (c) (d)所示,亦可檢翅其位址、讎 移信號、周期等之配置。此情形,因儀£规礦片,所澜得 之偏移CP信號配置資訊725a _為正蹓。亦即,於泣 址A4之位置,+備移霣臛之周期τ 1之馆號,被E錄於-38- (請先閱讀背*之注意事項具填寫本瓦) / 裝丨 丁 本紙法又度遢用中國«家樣率(CNS ) A4洗格(210X297公釐) r A7 87 五、發明説明()____ K-line paper • Mu scale is applicable to the Chinese national mound (CNS) A4 present grid (2 丨 OX 297 mm) A7 3l〇42l _ _B7 V. Description of invention () Elliptic curve functi on etc. The number of the chain-opening method can be coded as a function of the shift direction and recorded in the optical ROM part or the magnetic recording part on the surface or inside of the optical disc. The t-eighth picture shows the CP number of the employment signal method shown on the CD as shown in the seventy-sixth attention (a,), or the eighty-fourth picture i. A) (b) and The CP signal in the manner of setting the information at an angle g in the address shown in the eighty-five figure, and the CP signal is configured as an example of the situation where the Gongxun 725 is configured. On the disc 709 shown on the left side of the t-eighth face, polyester shows that CP signals in a circular or polygonal shape are arranged on each track. In 碲 片 709, there are also recorded _ not shown CP signal configuration "Xun 7 25, praised CP signal configuration Gong Xun 725. Like issued by Mir nineteen steps [7 6 0 b shown The cipher code device 74 2 of the m-direction letter is coded | recorded | recorded in the recording circuit 744 on the magnetic recording part 746 of the disc or the outer peripheral part 705d of the original disc 705. In addition, it can also be recorded in the second _ light part 7 5 3 of the original disc 7 0 5 described in the 82nd garden, or a part 799 printed with a bar code can be provided in the inner part of the light beam 9, and Record it. As mentioned above, the CP signal configuration record 725 recorded in the optical ROM section or the magnetic recording section, etc., as long as the number is not known, the SP will not be tampered with. This image is due to the secret code of the M unidirectional function, and Min can't get the function of the secret code exhaustor from the function of the secret code solver. If it is the usage of the t-th nineteenth circle, because the "system industry # only understands the secret code decoupling device &gt; ) A4 specification U10X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back * fill in this nose I) L ..-装 — 3ί〇42ΐ Α7 Β7 5. Description of invention () Line 2 of 5 1 Power of 2 2 This calculation requires hundreds of years of perseverance. This is a sticky note. Μ 下 ® uses the t: 19th Xinjiang process to make a more detailed explanation. The seventy-ninth garden is shown as "Motion program B for making 磲 片 by comparing the ciphers using the direction function". In step 7 60 j, the CP signal-number configuration information 725 is created. In step 7S0b, the secret key of 5 12bit is used, and the MRSA function is coded. In step 7 60c, *> v-this code is recorded in the light Sing up. In step 7 6 0 d. Regenerate the light of the gravel news | Tianfan in step 760 e will turn the password into ordinary characters. Although the producer can know the function of the No. 7 material of 7600 d, but as shown in step 7 6 0 b and step 760d, the function of using the public key communication method like the RSA function will not be The encoder and decoder are used upside down. If you want to solve the function of the brick maker, you need the above 2 to 5 1 2 to the power of the Chinese painting / time, so in terms of quality, it can really prevent SC P Signal configuration Gong Xun 7 2 5 was tampered with. At step 760 f, the CP signal 7 24 of the light channel measured by the control at step 76 Ok is broadcasted. The configuration information 725 of the CP signal of Leitong Wenyuhua is not the same if the control chain is not the same. (When step 760s is NO ), Then stop the program in step 760h. If the comparison result is the same (YES in step 760 s), then in step 7 60 i * stroke action. In addition, in the case of the seventy-nine monks, the CP No. 7 24 can also be as described above. It is not an offset signal. Therefore, the CP signal configuration information 725 appears to be non-tamperable on the spring. In addition, in the example shown in the 79th _ <CP letter 7 24¾ such as _ 8 5-—I n ft- ·-— I— · (please «! Read the precautions on the back and fill in too 1 ) 'mu I------1 mk binding-κ this machine • ifcXJtA use Zhong ® fungus home gao (CNS) A4 washing grid (210X297 public *) A 7 _B7 V. Description of invention () , But it is not a shift signal. On the one hand, the aforementioned a shifted cp signal, ϋ can be realized as shown in the 80th circle by changing the power ratio of the pulse frequency of the recording equalizer, or changing the photoelectric power of the wheat, but the snow output and the signal are questionable Between the size of the pseudo-pseudo, the instrument has a non-constant shape. Therefore, when making the original disc with the offset pressure as shown in the program, the fact that its homogeneity is reduced and its quality is inferior is foreseeable. However, in the twelfth nineteenth plaque shown, from the eighty-first garden A and the eighty-first circle B shown in the original disk making device (master recording_device) 7 6 1 composition &gt; 卽 可It is understood that its tweezers are composed of a combination of c P signal configuration signal 725 and the ID ID generation key 546 to generate the logic i D 'and encode it in a unidirectional function (encryptor) 7 42 is coded, and the magnetic recording circuit 744 and the magnetic head 745 record it in the magnetic recording part 746 of the optical disc as before. This C Ρ signal configuration information 7 2 5 is non-tamperable. The secret signal is obtained from the magnetic head 745 a and the magnetic regeneration part 748 of the recording and reproducing device 747, and is regenerated, and the password decoder 74 3 is used to restore it. . In this case, when the CP signal configuration information 7 2 5 is recorded in the optical recording section and reproduced with the optical component 7 10, the same is true. After that, the offset from the optical regeneration unit 750, the address detection unit 75 1 in the voltage signal detection unit 752, and the shift voltage VsO detection unit 734, and the address or angle information are measured The CP signal ffi is set to the news 725 and sent to the regular scramble control section 733. Also, the original disc creation device (master disc recording device) 76 1 shown in Figure 80 and Figure 81 and Circle B corresponds to the one shown in the t th thirteenth, together with the reproduction device-8 6 -The size of this paper method is universal (CNS) 44 specifications (210X 297mm): II-il · (please read the precautions on the back * fill in this page)-Install-order S axe K- .h:?: 餮 * s ^ 〇42l A? B7 V. Description of the invention () (recording and reproducing device) Su corresponds to the one shown in M69. In the regular disc comparison section 7 3 3, the procedure in the complex II disc action prevention program 74 9 described _ from the t: tenth circle A and the tth tenth diagram B_ Make shim slices, and stop the action of the program or the output of the kiosk stop regeneration signal. This combination. As shown in the 83rd program, it is incorporated into the disc check program 770 in the startup program 770b, program installation program 770d, printing program 770 f, and dark storage program 770 h in the application program. 6 '770e, 77〇S, 770 i. In this way, the pirate dealer is the one who analyzes and cuts the chin. When the ® prevention system 7 7 0 c, 770e, etc. is invalid, as long as it does not remove all, such as the 100,000 program, it cannot be added Treat it. In the examples of the 81st picture A and the 81st picture B, after pseudo-revealing the original disc, the actual signal of the CP signal configuration such as the offset of the original disc is configured. 7 2 5 The method of recording on the magnetic recording unit 746 provided on the optical disc 9 a. And this recording method can also be like the magneto-optical 9b shown in the eighty-one_A and eighty-one BB, the first optical part 520 of the original disc records the program and the CP signal 724, which is restored to the peripheral part In the original second exposure unit 7 5 3, the CP information configuration data 7 2 5 is recorded. This method will be described with the eighty-second A and eighty-two Β. In Project 1 and Project 2, the first exposure part 520 of the original disc in the inner periphery is given a flared light signal. In Project 3, the M light shielding protective film 7 54 covers the second exposure part 7 5 3 of the original disc, ie the outer periphery , And make the first Qiguang part 7 5 5 of the photo-induced anti-moth agent Luan ® light. At this time, in the job acquisition 4, broadcast by etching, forming a letter * 87- paper method; Ut selection in the 8-sleep home sample standard (CNS) Α4 specifications (210Χ297 public *) (please first Μ1 # 背 * Note Fill in this f) --------------- ^ ---—___ ίτ ά .--- 3_21 A7 B7: ^ etc. &quot;? first vote * · * 57wr V f Xf 乂K 4 * L -M o. I Five'Instructions for the invention () No. broadcast sun sickness · In project 5 | Lan Liang actual harrier shift signal, M badger gets "shift CP signal configuration information 725, and _ number, In project 6, the second light part 7 56 of the joyful light was removed. The discussion 7 54 recorded the above-mentioned secret signal "from the second S light." ’Make a metal original plate on the 7, 8, and 9 * lines of the project« Plate **. The tweezers are formed using this original shape. • Make a bungee plate and make it form a reflection wave. The CD gP is constitutionally formed. Ping You implemented the second dawn • The first of the first head _ light sickle 520 will break the endowment and offset control: Γ signal, and implement the record, the configuration of the CP signal with the shift of the grid will be recorded and recorded The second exposure part 7 5 3, which is externally exposed or internally prominent, has the effect of preventing copy signals without worrying about the phase rate and recordable phase rate. That is, for example, if you want to «make the interphase cold is one-thousandth of the number of w · W must make a thousand times Gu 瑱 before the furnace is the same one time. * The manufacturer of the company by the Lilanji does not contain economic a. In m 八 + —circle a and the eighty-first face b. It is in the gyro® of the FG (swirl sensor) shown by the gyration angle detection part 758 &gt; from Ma Feng 757 * or 鼸The rotation angle of the Z-position CP configuration of the employment shift is measured. As shown in the eighty-fourth painting, the CP signal configuration sale news 725a is prepared. As shown in the eighty-sixth (a) (b) (c), »The angular position of the eaves can be more accurately discharged by dividing the rotation pulse balance into time. As shown in the eighty-sixth (c) (d), you can also check the configuration of the wing's address, shift signal, period, etc. In this case, the offset CP signal configuration information 725a _ is positive due to the gauge ore. That is, at the location of the crying site A4, + the hall number of the period τ 1 to be moved, recorded by E at -38- (please read the notes on the back * first fill in the tile) / install 丨 Dingben paper method Also use the Chinese «Home Sample Rate (CNS) A4 wash grid (210X297mm) r A7 87 V. Invention description ()

角度位置Z3之位置上。之後,》貝防止程式gp不淳止被 讓出之程式。惟,若為第八十四麵(b)所示之不法禊製 之CD碟片,其礪移C P倌號配置寶料7 2 5 c即與正規 之霣料不同。此涤因C D 1被施M C L V E錄之玟。第八 十五II所示者即為寶際之CD之位址配置,在每一原盤上 均不相同之明蹓之實驗數據。即丨吏位址相同,因原盤之不 同•線逸或軌跡間钜亦稍有差異,而其》差經過累積,將 成為甚大之差異’。X 回到第八十四圔•莕為正規CD ·爾移CP信號之角 度配置係為Z3 、Z2、Zi 、Z4。惟,在第八十四圓 (b)中,係為23、22、24、23,發生頸蕃之差 異。欲IE確地控剌此角度•在目前所可找到之主盤記錄薄 装置均無法作到。此麵樣偽無法複製,旦臈移C P信號配 置霣訊7 2 5 a亦因被簞方向性函數加Μ晻號化,故無法 篡改。又,《由條形礴狀之低反射部群,亦可將儸移C P 信號配置資訊7 2 5紀錄於光磲上。 &lt;第三實腌例&gt; 接著|敗照第八十八臞及第八十九_ Α、第八十九圆 B·說明有鼷本發明之光記錄媒鳙之第三霄雍例及光蹀再 生装置之第三實晻洌。第t十六_之光E錄媒嫌7 0 9上 •係將CP倍號配置賣訊725輿先行信號726a〜7 26h —併記錄,而在第二賨拖例中.先行信號726a 〜7 2 6 h則不必紀錄(g卩使加K E錄,在生装置亦不加 -8 9 _ 本纸法尺度遄用+國豳冢揉準( CNS M4規格(210 X 297公瘦) {請先Kllt背«之注意事殯耳填芎iuf ) nn - 1 I I- - 1 - *m - - - - —^ϋ i 裝-- 訂 .—Iκ -- -· 1 - m-_- - - - I - - - — 1 - — - - I- —^ϋ ..... 3 ^0421 ’ Λ7 B7 五、發明説明() 以檢知)。 第八十八匾之再生装置74 7 b在Μ下备黏與第六十 九_不同。亦即,第六十九_中•没在自動補正限糂回路 73 1之反》(路徑中之加算器73 1 a丨集被除去,因此, 儷移最補正信號發生部7 2 9亦被除去。因此*第八十八、 _中•自動補正限幡圈路彘以7 3 1 B表示•鑕比波形整 形部偽以72 1B表示,控_部镞M 720B表示。又, 第八十八中/馬~達71 1之回轉角度德知用之回縛角度 檢知部758係被設於倥剌部72 0 B内。又,其設育暗 號解邐器743 ·數位復元部則以7 1 9 B翁示。第八+ 九_八及第八十九麵B所示者懍癱控割部7 2 0 A僳以C P U所構成之壜合之處理顒序之流穫圈。使用此流程騙, 說明有闞使用包含C P信號配置貢訊7 2 5 ,及位址角度 配置資訊等之C P倌號之檫董複製方法。 CP信號S置寶訊725 ·儀使用邐用R'SA函數等 簞方向性函數之暗號孀碼器,預先予以晻號化。第八十九 _A及第八十九圖B之流程_因輿第t十t_A及第t十 七匯B之共通部份甚多,Μ下僅銳明兩者相輿之步隳。在 步騸780d .被睹號化之CP信號配置資紙725,保 被數位復元部7 1 9A内之晻號解碼器74 3 ,所普通文 字化,在步«780 e檐董菝普通文字是否正蘭。因使用 R SA函數般之m方向性凾數•只赛壜灌_號纆_器之踺 ,即無法生成正蕕之畴諕.玫可在此W段即可進行薷一次 -90- 本紙法尺度遏用中麵國家糅率(CMS ) A4规格(210X 297公釐) {讀先《讀背*之法意事項再填寫本頁)At the angular position Z3. Afterwards, "Bei prevent the program gp from being unscrupulous. However, if it is an unauthorized CD disc as shown in the eighty-fourth face (b), its configuration number 7 2 5 c will be different from the regular engraved material. This polyester was recorded as M C L V E due to CD 1. The eighty-fifth II shows the configuration of the CD address of Baoji, which is different from the original experimental data on each original disc. That is to say, the address of the officials is the same, because of the difference of the original discs • There is also a slight difference between the lines and the tracks, and the difference will accumulate and become a very big difference. X returns to the 84th. • Ning is a regular CD. The angle configuration of the CP signal is Z3, Z2, Zi, Z4. However, in the eighty-fourth circle (b), the lines are 23, 22, 24, 23, and the difference between the neck and the neck occurs. For IE to accurately control this angle, the master record book device currently available cannot be achieved. This type of pseudo cannot be copied. Once the CP signal is configured, the signal 7 2 5 a is also encrypted by the directional function, so it cannot be tampered with. Also, "from the strip-shaped low-reflection part group, it is also possible to record the shifted C P signal configuration information 7 2 5 on the light. &lt; Third actual picking example &gt; Next | Under the eighty-eighth fold and the eighty-ninth _ A, the eighty-ninth circle B · Explain the third example of the optical recording medium of the invention The third real dark light of the regeneration device. The sixteenth t_light of E recording media is on 7 0 9 • The CP multiple is configured to sell the news 725 and the advance signal 726a ~ 7 26h — and recorded, and in the second example of dragging. The advance signal 726a ~ 7 2 6 h is not necessary to record (g, plus KE recording, and -8 9 _ in the live device _ This paper method standard is used + Kokubuzuka (CNS M4 specifications (210 X 297 male thin) {please first Kllt's "Precautions for Funeral Fungus Filling (Iuf)) nn-1 I I--1-* m-----^ ϋ i Binding-Bookbinding. —Iκ--· 1-m -_---- -I---— 1-—--I- — ^ ϋ ..... 3 ^ 0421 'Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention () to detect). The regeneration device for the eighty-eighth plaque 74 7 b is different from the sixty-ninth under the M. That is, the sixty-ninth-central time is not in the auto-correction limit loop 73 1 (the adder 73 1 a in the path is removed, so the most-shifted correction signal generation unit 7 2 9 is also Except. Therefore, the eighty-eighth, _zhong • the auto-correction limit flag is represented by 7 3 1 B • the pseudo waveform shaping part is represented by 72 1B, and the control part is represented by M 720B. Also, the eightyth The rotation angle of the eighth middle school / ma ~ up to 71 1 is known as the yoke angle detection part 758, which is set in the stab part 72 0 B. In addition, it has a secret code solver 743. The digital restoration part 7 1 9 B Weng. The eighth + nine _ eight and the eighty-ninth as shown in B above the paralyzed control cutting unit 7 2 0 A-synchronized flow processing circle formed by the combination of CPU. Use This process is deceptive, indicating that there is a method of copying the CP using the CP number including CP signal configuration Gongxun 7 2 5 and address angle configuration information. CP signal S Zhibaoxun 725 · The instrument uses R'SA The password coder of the function and other directional functions is coded in advance. The process of 89th_A and 89th figure B_in common with the tth t_A and tth 17th meeting B Many copies, Under Μ, only the steps between the two are clear. At step 780d. The number of CP signals to be configured is 725, and the password decoder 74 3 in the digital recovery unit 7 1 9A is protected. In the step «780 e eaves of Dong Shou, whether the ordinary text is orthodox. Because of the use of the R SA function like the m-direction index, only the control of the irrigator _ 号 纆 _ device, that is, it is not possible to generate the domain name of the Zheng. In this section W, you can do it once. -90- The size of the paper method is used to contain the mid-level national rate (CMS) A4 specification (210X 297mm). )

A7 r ___ B7 五、發明说明() 之暗號篡改檢査。第一次檢査若為YES · W在步臟7 3 Of ,開始碟片之襪製榆歪,在步嫌780s ,»由测最 磲片,檢歪其市否具有儀移信號等之C P信號。若有c P 信號•則進行步»780h。僅檢歪位址之角度配轚時’ 可省路步»780s ,而進入步骤780h» 在步驟7 8 0 h對照C P信號。於此對癥_作中’係 包括有使用«移信號作為C P倌號.及«用捋定位址之碟 片上之物理角度配Ίι貢訊作為c p倌號之爾種方法。菌先 於使用偏移信號方式之c ρ信號時,僳灑出供移值號之 配置位址位置,或磲片上之角度位董,並對照其與C Ρ信 號配置霣訊725所示之該CP值號之正規位址位置之賣 料,或碟片上之正规角度位置之貢料是否一致。而若為使 用位址之在磲Η上之配置角度實訊方式之C Ρ信软,係澜 量特定位址之在磲片上之配置角度位置,並將其與C Ρ信 號配置資訊7 2 5所示之正規角度配置資紙之霣枓是否一 致0 在步篇740 e ·若對照结钃不一致,則判斷為權製 磲片,即淨止程式之動作或停止其再生’3而儀在對醱结果 為正《時..方使其動作。第八十九·Α及第八十九_ B之 對照作業在CD驅動器(CD dr i ver)上*行亦 可,在接缅CD疆動器之霣腦之0 s或應用種式上之表列 上實行亦可。在第八十九儷A及薷八十九麵B之方式中, 因使用通用單方向性函败之嫌獷鱅蹋器,故C P信號配置 -9 1 - 本紙法尺度通用中8國家螵舉(CNS ) A4规格(2I0X 297公麖) (请先閱讀背*之..在*事項箅填罵本ί) 裝 订 / A7 B7五、發明说明() 資訊725不會被篡改。因此,複製業者因無法作出彫成 有缠當之碟片上之CP信號之癢製碟Η,並使其與CP倍 號之對照结果為一致,且亦無法慕改C Ρ倌號配置資訊7 25玫,可防止複製。 &lt;發明之效果&gt; 本發明之光磲及其再生装置I像於光_上,於一定匾 樣之信號之後*設置可紀錄將噶孔顧櫬中心自振慯中心僱 移之信號之記錄領:,於再生裝置上檫知一定豳漾之信號 後’薄由對將RF信號復元為數位偖號時之驀值,故意地 施Μ «移霣壓,Μ再生將眼孔_樣中心自搋幅中心漏移之 信號’並賦輿其茬不再生該僱移值虢即停止其再生之懺能 者。 又’薄由再生装置,從記錄齊將哏孔_黴中心自振幡 中心偏移之倌號之記錄領城,再生該信號並被復元為數位 信號之上述信號,係為通常之信號,若將復元之信號記錄 於可記錄之光磲媒臁中時,於其再生畤,艰孔_饑之中心 係被記錄成幾乎位在振$8中心上。因此,再生裝置若對將 R F信號復元為數位信據時之隈幡位摩•加Μ漏移竑再生 時,即無法將之視為通常倌號再生.其再生將淳止,故複 製之碟片僳為不能再生之產品,而可防止不法之襦製。 (詩先閲讀背面之注意事項具填寫本頁) / fi - - - I I - I -- 一 1 '\ ........I - - ' nn m n tn^i -- · -92- 忒紙法足度通用中8 8家搞準((:&gt;&lt;5)六4規格(2丨0父297公釐,!A7 r ___ B7 Fifth, the description () of password tampering check. If the first check is YES · W is in Step 7 7 Of, the disc socks are made, and at Step 780s, »by testing the most discs, check if there is a CP signal such as instrument shift signal. . If there is a c P signal, proceed to step »780h. When only detecting the mismatch of the angle of the skewed address, the road step can be saved »780s, and step 780h» is entered to check the CP signal at step 7 8 0 h. The symptomatic _Zuozhong 'includes various methods of using «shift signal as CP number. </ RTI> and« using physical angles on the disc to locate the location, and using Ίι Gongxun as CP number. When the bacteria use the c ρ signal of the offset signal method, the sprinkle out the configuration address position for shifting the number, or the angle position on the slice, and compare it with the CP signal configuration. Are the materials sold at the regular address location of the CP value or the regular angular position on the disc consistent? If it is a C pp letter soft using the address on the angle of the configuration angle of the channel, it is the amount of the angle of the specific address on the channel chip, and it is configured with the C Ρ signal configuration information 7 2 5 The regular angle of the configuration paper shown is consistent. 0 In step 740 e. If the comparison results are inconsistent, it is judged to be the right system, that is, to stop the action of the program or stop its regeneration. 3 When the result is positive, the party will act. The comparison of 89th Α and 89th_B can be performed on the CD drive (CD dr i ver). It can also be used in the 0 s or application style of the CD drive connected to Myanmar. It can also be implemented on the table. In the eighty-nine A and eighty-nine B methods, because of the use of a universal unidirectional function failure, the CP signal configuration-9 1 (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X 297). (Please read the back first .. fill in this in the * matters.) Binding / A7 B7 V. Description of invention () Information 725 will not be tampered with. Therefore, the copying industry cannot make the itch of the CP signal carved on the disc with the tangled disc, and make it consistent with the comparison result of the CP multiple number, and it is also impossible to change the C Ρ 倌 号 configuration information 7 25 Mei, can prevent copying. &lt; Effects of the invention &gt; The light and its regeneration device I of the present invention are imaged on the light, and after a certain plaque-like signal * set up a record that can record the signal of the hiring of the Kakong Gubu center from the vibration center Collar: After knowing a certain signal on the regenerative device, the thinness of the signal is when the RF signal is restored to a digital number, and deliberately apply «move pressure, Μ regeneration will eye_sample center from The signal of the center's leakage of the amplitude 'is given and it is given to the person who does not regenerate the hired value and stops its regeneration. Also, the thin reproduction device, the recording leader that offsets the hole-mold center from the center of the vibration stream from the record, reproduces the signal and restores it to a digital signal. The above signal is a normal signal, if When the recovered signal is recorded in the recordable media, during its regeneration, the center of hardship and hunger is recorded as being almost at the center of $ 8. Therefore, if the reproduction device reproduces the RF signal of the RF signal into a digital signal when it is regenerated, it cannot be regarded as a normal regenerative signal. Its reproduction will be pure, so the copied disc Pianxu is a non-renewable product, which can prevent unlawful manufacturing. (Please read the precautions on the back of the poem before filling out this page) / fi---II-I-1 1 '\ ........ I--' nn mn tn ^ i--92- The paper method is full of 8 out of 8 accurate ((: &gt; &lt; 5) 6 4 specifications (297 297 mm, 2 father 0!

Claims (1)

經濟部中央標率局工消费合作社印製 夂、申請專利範困 1 ·—種光篮置•其具有: —基1毛_段,其可在床邏中記錄有在置ja且在ji 笔星#中萁舅有將迪.m.义..麵......麗屬.特1.服得..之uiAJi ®Jlj〇R Μ瞭Jti龙予K遞Jflli或者在其m所成之.嫌. 技物JL特徽廉胤的礞ϋ上,從酿述遍錄:...._,再生前述】 miul筠敗|_號; —测定手段*其可將前述被再生之萠遽碟过物通特徽 』〇« K復段復元· Μ獲取葡遽撤嚴_特澳資訊*風篇自 前述磲片中凰怎藏扎之I理性薇嚴者; -對照毛段,可自前述拥定手段取得漏定碟片物理特 擻資訊,並將之與碟片物理特激寶諷對醱者; 一手段’其僅在萠述對_手段之對照》果i5足一定11 係時再生前述光磲,或者使記錄於前述光鼸上之程式作動 者。 2 *依申讁專利範園第1項所述之光禳之再生裝置, 其中奧,可為:RSA函敝、钃圚函敝、公鼸鍵暗 號函數之任一者。 3·依申_専利韉園第1項所述之光磔之再生装置, 其復具有:於使用mu.片Jt:之欝料.,之搜露位.址之配..置.角 屋尥配置座桶,作為姐理性簠訊時,其述_定,手..段,像為 於再生光磲資訊時,可寶行,位知; 及尾j&gt;m.特定位址在碟片上之1置角度之磲片祖轉a 猶..知至段。 本紙張尺度適用中国鶴家梯率(CNS ) A4it# ( 210 X 297為着) ---------Ο丨| (请先闖讀背面之注f項再填寫本頁) 訂 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印*. T 申請專利範圍 4 ‘依申讅專利耱鼸第1項所述之光礞之再生裝置, 其特擻在於:設有可藉由J6JL调,榇知設於ϋ Μ型光舅 上之反射率較通常信號_部為大幡偃下的抵反1越雔的檢 m;藉由於再生碟片資訊時*復元觭述低反射部群之 檢知信虢,並將之羞」ft文字化,Μ獾得轍理特激費訊者。 '-Γ 5 · —棰尤應之基生裝置,其可安装具有戴里基板及 ν 形成於前述透明基板上之Κ信暴.嫌將3L賣訊記錄於主_复盥 之ϋ.截J1、的圓盤里記錄媒镰,並可藉由光讀顧及光移 動部將來自光源之光自前述逋期基板側播聚於前述光記錄 層,而Μ再生回路再生前述光記錄層之信號者*其在 於•·將與記錄於前述£錄媒髓上之機_定位址賣麗县.直篇二 既條,且前述懷.麗..麗..领、胤.中之Μ......射一塞良低..之® —反.射 I乃至反射率較低之蒐二.反ji部miut及._jia.氣置.* μ majaL^將之逾《s μ謹得第位置繼凰 與被...廉Ji·1記錄於前述記錄媒體之JLiUti JL之 具有前述第,._、一』1.定JBjfc之..嵐.示敗遞射.部·之......__娌,位.!或,.邏鼯 位....复.之篇__iUiJLJLa予Μ ΆΜ _,而屬=11.前:述_第一位置齎訊 及第二位置資訊,確讖..其是否、為第二既定跚係.•若紙前述 第二既定酾係時,則_sut前述記祿媒髓之S少記錄於上述 主記錄部上之再生信鳙之義出八或者停止記錄於前述12錄 媒體上之程式之動作,或者停止_號之復元者。 6 · —種光磲之再生裝置,其可安裝具有遒明基板及 形成於前述瑾明基板上之K信號槽記錄有主賁訊之光記錄 -2 ~ 逋角十__家雜率(CNS &gt; 210X297公蠢) ---------(於 II (請先閎讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) 訂 A8 Bg C8 D8 申請專利範圍 (請先Η讀背面之注$項再填寫本霣) 層及磁性記錄層的翻盤型記錄謀覼,並可藉由光擴顋及光 移動部將來自光灝之光自前雄繾明碁板側欏聚於萠述光記 錄層,而Μ光再生回路再生前逑光記錄雇之信號*闻時在 前述記錄媒髑之周缰部設,而Μ磁性記錄再生回 路實行前逑磁性記錄匾之磁性記鏵或者再生;其^!^在於 ’將與記錄於前述記錄媒體上之時定位址具有之配置 Hi之-記號值號之_J|:签..置Μ账JL派4D.U加Μ緣肩! * Μ 獲得第一.位L置JS訊,同時,將前述記錄媒鱺之前述 1里中所記錄之表示前述記譃.襄II之第.....:;位置...袁諷JiUiL號 mib或者加所成之..JL:.;..位J1..倍號予_*將 前述第..,μ對I酿幕暗藏篇之、復元靂予 ,或者Μ署査用之«元立麗.予K JL合,以獲得前述JI 二立置篇訊,將前述第1位置賁訊與艇述第二位置資訊I J|,確定其是否為既定之闞係*若ϋ前述既定闞係*則釐 JLt前述記錄媒鼸之前述主資訊之再生信號之輪出·或者停 止程式之動作或者停止暗號之復元者。 經濟部中央橾率局貝工消费合作社印簟 7 · —種不法拷貝程式停止方法,其具有下逑各步驟 ,即: 從在主id幾激中記錄有!資訊且在剔藥錄部中記錄有 將抽I碟片之物理性特難所得之嚴1物里籍徽資訊MJfcl 译齡予KJO!化或者在其上JI名所威之《 ϋ物理特徽睹JI 的碟片中,自前逑孤嚴錄-掘,再生萌述嚴妹激理嫌數暗號 之步驟; —本紙張尺度逋用中__家襻準(CNS ) Α樣# ( 210Χ 297餐兼)Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and applied for a patent Fan 1 ·-Seed light basket set • It has:-Base 1 Mao _ segment, which can be recorded in the bed logic with the presence of ja and ji pen The star # 中 萁 舅 有 将 迪 .m. Yi ... noodles ... Li gen. Special 1. served ...... of uiAJi ® Jlj〇R ΜJti Long Yu K delivered Jflli or in its m Cheng Zhi. Suspect. The skill JL Te Hui Hui Lian Yin, from the description of the brew: ...._, regenerate the aforementioned] miul 筠 軠 軠 | _ 号; —Measurement method * which can regenerate the aforementioned鐠 遽 盘 过 物 通 特 徽 』〇« K Duan Duan Fu · Μ to get the Portuguese Yan Yan Yan_Teao News * Feng articles from the above-mentioned 碲 片 How the Huang Zangzai I rational majesty;-Control Mao Duan, You can obtain the information about the disc specific physical characteristics from the aforementioned support methods, and use it to match the disc physical extraordinary treasures; one method 'is only in the comparison of _means ". Fruit i5 must be 11 Regenerate the above-mentioned phoenix at the time, or activate the program recorded on the above-mentioned tartar. 2 * According to item 1 of Shenfan Patent Fan Garden, the light regeneration device can be any one of RSA function, system function, and public key cryptographic function. 3. The regenerating device of the light stagnation described in item 1 of Yishen_Zi Li Yuan Yuan, which has: the use of mu. Film Jt: the material of the search. The location of the address .. The location. 角 屋 尥When the seat barrel is configured as a sister ’s message, its description is _Ding, Shou .. It ’s like when regenerating the information of the light channel, it can be treasured, known; and tail j &gt; m. The specific address is on the disc. The angle of the Qin piece ancestor turns to a ju .. Zhizhi paragraph. The scale of this paper is suitable for Chinese crane family rate (CNS) A4it # (210 X 297 for) --------- Ο 丨 | (Please read the note f on the back and fill in this page) Order A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs *. T Patent application scope 4 'Glorious regeneration device according to the first item of the patent application, its special feature is that: J6JL adjustment, I know that the reflectance set on the ϋ M-type optical uncle is more than the normal signal _ part is the detection value against the 1 Yue 雔 under the big stream; by regenerating the disc information * the complex group of low reflection The detection of the letter, and the shame of the "ft" text, the M badger was very irritated. '-Γ 5 · —Xiao Youying's basic device, which can be installed with a Dari substrate and ν formed on the aforementioned transparent substrate Κ 信 violet. 3L sales news is suspected to be recorded in the main _ 复 洗 的 ϋ. Intercept J1 , The recording medium in the disc, and the light from the light source can be concentrated on the optical recording layer from the side of the substrate by the optical reading and optical movement part, and the signal of the optical recording layer is reproduced by the M regeneration circuit * It lies in the machine that will be recorded on the aforementioned £ recording media._Locate the address to sell Li County. Straight article two articles, and the above ... ... Shoo one Sailiang low .. of the-anti. Shoot I and even low reflectivity search. Anti-ji part miut and. _Jia. Qizhi. * Μ majaL ^ will be more than "s μ The position of Ji Huang and being ... Lian Ji · 1 recorded in the aforementioned recording medium of JLiUti JL has the aforementioned first, ._, one. 1. JBjfc ... ...__ 娌, bit.! Or, the logic of the position .... complex __iUiJLJLa to Μ ΆΜ _, which belongs to = 11. Pre: _ the first position information and the second position information, confirm whether it is the first Two established systems. • If the second established system is described above, then the sut of the recording medium is less recorded on the main recording section, or the recording information is stopped on the 12 recording media. The action of the above program, or stop the recovery of the _ number. 6-A kind of light regeneration device, which can be installed with a light base board and a K signal slot formed on the Jinming base board to record the optical record of the main information-2 ~ angle 10 __ family noise rate (CNS &gt; 210X297 public stupid) --------- (in II (please read the note $ item on the back first and then fill in this page) subscribe A8 Bg C8 D8 patent application scope (please read the note $ on the back first (Enter this item again) The disk-shaped recording of the layer and the magnetic recording layer, and the light from the light can be gathered from the side of the former mansion to the light recording layer by the light expansion and the light moving part. , And the signal of the optical recording before the reproduction of the M optical reproduction circuit * is set in the peripheral part of the aforementioned recording medium when it is heard, and the M magnetic recording and reproduction circuit implements the magnetic recording or recording of the magnetic recording plaque before the reproduction; its ^! ^ Yes' will be the _J | of the configuration Hi-mark value number that has the configuration Hi when recorded on the aforementioned recording medium at the time of addressing _J |: sign .. set M account JL to send 4D.U plus M margin shoulders! * Μ gets the first .The position L is set to the JS news, meanwhile, the record recorded in the aforementioned 1 of the recording medium is represented by the aforementioned record. The second of Xiang II .....:; position ... Yuan sat. JiUiL No. mib Zhe Jiacheng..JL: .... position J1 .. times the number to _ * the aforementioned No .., μ to the hidden part of the I brewing screen, the restoration of the Yuan Yu, or the M bureau to use «Yuan Li Li. To K JL, to obtain the aforementioned JI Erli information, the first position information and the second position information IJ | to determine whether it is an established Kang system * If ϋ the aforementioned Kang system * Then the JLt aforementioned recording medium's replay of the aforementioned main information's reproduction signal, or stop the program's action or stop the recovery of the secret code. The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Bureau of Industry and Commerce Co., Ltd. Indo 7 ·-kind of illegal copy program stop The method has the following steps, namely: the information recorded in the main ID is recorded! And the information on the registration of the emblem of the strict one that is difficult to obtain by physical extraction of the I-disc is recorded in the drug removal recording department MJfcl translates the age to KJO! Or in the disc entitled "Physical Special Emblem Seeing JI" on the famous JI name, from the previous loneliness, digging, digging, and regenerating the steps of Yan Mei ’s suspicion of counting secret codes;-This For paper scale use __ 家 軻 准 (CNS) Α 样 # (210Χ 297 meals and) 六、申請專利範圃 將前述被再生之前述礤片物理特緻暗賊μ im段復_ 3 ’ Μ獾取節逑物理特緻資訊之步鼸; 自前述磲片中JLt碟Η之胤理1農JBl之澜定步驟; 自前述測定手段取得測定磲片_理特擻資訊,並將之 與磲Η物理特徽資訊.麗1之步驟; 在前述對照手段之對照結栗滿足一定_畤再生前述光 磲’或者使記錄於前述光碟上之程式作動之步.骤。 (請先H讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) 訂· 經濟部中央橾準局員工消费合作社印«. 張 0 中 用 埴 INSSixth, the patent application Fan Pu will regenerate the aforementioned regenerated physical thief of the aforementioned piece of film, the im thief section _ 3 'Μ 獾 to extract the physical information of the physiognomy; from the JLt dish Η in the aforementioned piece of film. 1 Agricultural JBl's step of setting; Obtain the measurement of 磲 片 from the aforementioned measurement means _Letex information, and compare it with the 癲 Η physical characteristic information. Li 1 steps; the control method in the aforementioned control means meets certain _ 畤Steps to regenerate the aforementioned 碲 'or make the program recorded on the aforementioned disc act. (Please read the note $ item on the back first and then fill in this page) Order · Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Precinct Employee Consumer Cooperatives «. Zhang 0 中 Yong Zui INS
TW084100693A 1993-07-27 1995-01-26 TW310421B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP20568293 1993-07-27
PCT/JP1994/002304 WO1995018443A1 (en) 1993-12-28 1994-12-28 Optical recording medium, reproduction apparatus of optical disk, reproduction method of optical disk, production method of original disk of optical disk, and illegal program operation stop method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW310421B true TW310421B (en) 1997-07-11

Family

ID=16510954

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW084100693A TW310421B (en) 1993-07-27 1995-01-26
TW086102384A TW462039B (en) 1993-07-27 1995-01-26 Optical recording medium, reproduction apparatus of optical disk and method thereof, fabricating method of the original optic disk, and illegal program operation stop method

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW086102384A TW462039B (en) 1993-07-27 1995-01-26 Optical recording medium, reproduction apparatus of optical disk and method thereof, fabricating method of the original optic disk, and illegal program operation stop method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (2) TW310421B (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4631901B2 (en) * 2007-12-11 2011-02-16 ソニー株式会社 Method for manufacturing read-only optical disc medium, read-only optical disc medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW462039B (en) 2001-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0767957B1 (en) Method and apparatus for copy protection for various recording media
WO1995028704A1 (en) Method and apparatus for preventing illegal copying and illegal installation of information on optical recording medium
US20090035539A1 (en) Piracy protected recording media
TWI226178B (en) Information recording apparatus and method, information reproducing apparatus and method, information recording medium and program information recording medium
KR20040104952A (en) Content replication deterrent method on optical discs
JPH09106625A (en) Optical recording medium and apparatus for reproducing it
CN101454830A (en) Optical disc, optical disc manufacturing method, optical disc recording device and optical disc reproducing device
TW527588B (en) Compact disk device, access method of compact disk, and the compact disk
CN101427311A (en) Optical disc, its reproducing device, recording device, manufacturing method, and integrated circuit
US7339869B2 (en) Optical disk and optical method
JP3551727B2 (en) Optical information recording device, optical information recording medium, and optical information reproducing device
JP4110530B2 (en) Information recording processing apparatus, information reproducing processing apparatus, information recording medium and method, and computer program
TW310421B (en)
JP2004288281A (en) Recording medium and its manufacturing method, reproducing method and device
CN100552796C (en) CD and the apparatus and method that are used to make CD, record or reproduce data of optical disk
JP3994834B2 (en) Information recording apparatus, information recording method, and optical recording medium
JPH08273164A (en) Recording and reproducing device
JP4449175B2 (en) Optical disc apparatus, optical disc recording method, optical disc, and optical disc reproduction method
JP4665974B2 (en) Information recording medium
JP2006085813A (en) Optical disk management system, optical disk management method, optical disk, optical disk player, bca code recorder and license management organization
JP2002230783A (en) Recording and reproducing device
CN101295526A (en) Information processing unit
JP2001056935A (en) Optical information processor, accessing method of optical information recording medium, and optical information recording medium
JP2004023607A (en) Data recording medium, server, terminal, and contents utilizing system
JP2006127755A (en) Disk manufacturing apparatus, signal processing circuit, disk manufacturing method, signal processing method, disk, optical disk reproducing apparatus, demodulation circuit, optical disk playback method, and demodulation method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent